FITTINGS AND SECURITY

Transcription

1 Security FITTINGS AND SECURITY Security Fire extinguishers Fire extinguisher Tempus Stored pressure powder Suitable for use on Class A (trash, wood & paper), Class B (liquids & gases) and Class C (energized electrical equipment) fires. Also suitable against electrical fires. Easy-to-read gauge tells you fire extinguisher is charged and ready for use and it is fitted with a pressure gauge that provides at-a-glance status. A safety device is included. Mailboxes weekly ground Stored pressure foam Suitable for use on Class A (trash, wood & paper), Class B (liquids & gases). Easy-to-read gauge tells you fire extinguisher is charged and ready for use and it is fitted with a pressure gauge that provides at-a-glance status. A safety device is included. Carbon dioxide Suitable for use on Class B (liquids & gases). Easy-to-read gauge tells you fire extinguisher is charged and ready for use and it is fitted with a pressure gauge that provides at-a-glance status. A safety device is included. Clear instruction label using graphics to show steps required to operate extinguisher, e.g. for english labels, please contact us. Mailbox weekly Stil 3000 Family A mailbox made of high quality with a careful construction. Operated from the front with a thumb turn lock. The inside shelf can be placed in two different levels. A balanced opening for letters with a damped closing. Opening: 300 x 80 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox weekly Stil 3000 Black 1000 mm 350 mm 250 mm PCS 4* Mailbox weekly Stil 3000 Green 1000 mm 350 mm 250 mm PCS 4* Mailbox weekly Stil 3000 Blue 1000 mm 350 mm 250 mm PCS 4* Mailbox weekly Stil 3000 Aluminium zinc 1000 mm 350 mm 250 mm PCS 4* Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Coated with zinc 410 mm 250 mm PCS

2 Security Mailbox weekly Stil 300 Economic A mailbox made of the high quality with a careful construction. Operated from the front with a powerful thumb turn lock. The inside shelf can be placed in two different levels. A large opening for letters. Simple fastening with a pole. Opening: 285 x 60 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox weekly Stil 300 Economic Green 1000 mm 360 mm 250 mm PCS 8* Mailbox weekly Stil 300 Economic Anthracite grey 1000 mm 360 mm 250 mm PCS Mailbox weekly Stil 300 Economic Green 1000 mm 360 mm 250 mm PCS Mailbox weekly Stil 300 Economic Aluminium zinc 1000 mm 360 mm 250 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Coated with zinc 410 mm 250 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Function 457 Capacity 120 litres, a spacious mailbox. The Function range has been developed for people who need a large mailbox opening and plenty of space for a couple of weeks. Material: painted galvanized steel in a elegant design with a large opening for letters. Operated from the back or from the front. The Euro lock supplies two locking possibilities. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. The mailbox must be firmly established on the ground. We recommend a pole, see below. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 457 Black 1000 mm 403 mm 315 mm 228x65 mm PCS Mailbox 457 Silver 1000 mm 403 mm 315 mm 228x65 mm PCS Mailbox 457 Green 1000 mm 403 mm 315 mm 228x65 mm Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Pole 991 Black/structure 395 mm 300 mm 110 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Function 470 A practical and spacious model. The Function range has been developed for people who need a large mailbox opening and plenty of space for a couple of weeks. These mailboxes are all made from galvanized steel. Material: galvanized steel with a large letter opening. Operated from the front. The Euro lock supplies two locking possibilities. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Opening: 320 x 35 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox 470 Black 1035 mm 380 mm 300 mm PCS Mailbox 470 Anthracite grey 1035 mm 380 mm 300 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Pole 991 Black/structure 395 mm 300 mm 110 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Function 485 Capacity 100 litres. A sturdy model with pitched "roof". The Function range has been developed for people who need a large mailbox opening and plenty of space for a couple of weeks. Material: 1.0 mm painted galvanized steel with access door at front. Can be operated with one hand. The Euro lock supplies two locking possibilities. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. The mailbox must be firmly established on the ground. We recommend a pole, see below. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 485 Black/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Mailbox 485 Green/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Mailbox 485 Blue/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Mailbox 485 Galvanized 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Mailbox 485 Grey/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Lock with thumb turn PCS 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Pole 991 Black/structure 395 mm 300 mm 110 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Function 486 Operated from the back. Capacity 100 litres. A sturdy model, similar to the 485, but with access door at rear. The Function range has been developed for people who need a large mailbox opening and plenty of space for a couple of weeks. Design has not been forgotten either, even on these large mailboxes. Material: 1.0 mm painted galvanized steel with access door at front. Can be operated with one hand. The Euro lock supplies two locking possibilities. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. The mailbox must be firmly established on the ground. We recommend a pole, see below. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 486 Black/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 mm PCS Mailbox 486 Blue/structure 1100 mm 340 mm 282 mm 245x95 PCS Lock with thumb turn PCS 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Pole 991 Black/structure 395 mm 300 mm 110 mm PCS

3 Mailbox weekly Basic Mark A spacious mailbox for the company or people who need a large mailbox with plenty of space. Attached with a pole (included). Material: painted galvanized steel. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Basic Black 950 mm 360 mm 250 mm PCS 1 Mailboxes weekly - large lockable Mailbox weekly Stil 100 Weekend A trendy mailbox in several colours. Material: zinc-plated sheet-metal with enamel finish. A spacious mailbox for people who need a mailbox with plenty of space. Lockable. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Opening: 270 x 45 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Stil 100 Blue 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 White 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Jet black 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Traffic white 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Vermilion red 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Olive yellow 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Gentian blue 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Chrome tone 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 100 Copper tone 480 mm 300 mm 170 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Galvanized 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /Black 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /White 130 cm cm PCS Mounting frame Forma Black 129,5 cm 23,5 cm PCS 4* Security Mailbox weekly Harmony 400 Scandinavian design. A elegant, classic model. Ruko cylinder with two keys. Can be built in, access door at front and a spacious storage. A rubber damped flap in aluminium and place for a nameplate. Can be operated with one hand. Material: 1.0 mm painted galvanized steel with aluminium flap or stainless steel with stainless steel flap. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 400 White 555 mm 380 mm 210 mm 320x35 mm PCS Mailbox 400 Black/structure 555 mm 380 mm 210 mm 320x35 mm PCS Mailbox 400 Stainless 555 mm 380 mm 210 mm 320x35 mm PCS Mailbox 400 Grey 555 mm 380 mm 210 mm 320x35 mm PCS Mailbox 400 Galvanized 555 mm 380 mm 210 mm 320x35 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole/U-shaped 22 White 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 White 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Black/structure 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Galvanized 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Stainless 1560 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Function 495 Capacity 70 litres. The Function range has been developed for people who need a large mailbox opening and plenty of space for a couple of weeks. Model in full aluminium. Light weight and with maximum corrosion resistance. Parcel function. Side hinged access door. Can be operated with one hand. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 495 Black/structure 515 mm 430 mm 255 mm 410x200 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS

4 Security Mailbox weekly Design 630 Elegant, wave-shaped design in durable quality. Designed by the architect Alice Bigom. The Design range gives you superb design and aesthetics linked to unique material and processing quality. The Design range is also available with a specially designed pole with an integrated light. Material: stainless/galvanized 1.25 mm painted sheet metal. Can be operated with one hand. Ruko cylinder with two keys. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Pole 63: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, lamp low-energy PL-S - 5 W. CE-labelled. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 630 Stainless/Black structure 540 mm 315 mm 155 mm 265x37 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole with lamp 63 Black/Stainless 1545 mm 300 mm 60 mm - PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm PCS 1 Mailbox weekly Basic, large A spacious mailbox for the company or people who need a mailbox with plenty of space. Robust lock with a handle. Delivered with two keys. 500 different key possibilities. The box can be used unlocked. Operated from the back or from the front. Fulfils the requirements for mail. Can be mounted on a wall, fence or a pole. Dampened letter opening for minimized noise. Inward bound letter opening in order to facilitate for the postman. The bottom inside is angled. Opening: 295 x 55 mm. Waterproof. Swedish design. Material: painted galvanized steel. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Basic Red 580 mm 390 mm 260 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Blue 580 mm 390 mm 260 mm PCS 1 Mailboxes, standard with lock Mailbox Stil 2000 Europa Material: painted zinc-plating sheet metal. Lockable. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Stil 2000 Black 440 mm 300 mm 5 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 2000 White 440 mm 300 mm 5 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 2000 Green 440 mm 300 mm 5 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 2000 Red 440 mm 300 mm 5 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Galvanized 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /Black 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /White 130 cm cm PCS Mounting frame Forma Black 129,5 cm 23,5 cm PCS 4* Mailbox Classic 101 Lockable mailbox with Euro cylinder. Two keys. Can be built in, access door at front. Material: 0.5 mm painted galvanized steel and a shiny surface. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 101 White 310 mm 385 mm 137 mm 365x32 mm PCS 4* Mailbox 101 Black 310 mm 385 mm 137 mm 365x32 mm PCS 4* Mailbox 101 Red 310 mm 385 mm 137 mm 365x32 mm PCS 4* Mailbox 101 Green 310 mm 385 mm 137 mm 365x32 mm PCS 4* Mailbox 101 Galv 310 mm 385 mm 137 mm 365x32 mm PCS 4* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 White 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS

5 Mailbox Classic 150 A traditional swedish mailbox. A simple construction with lock. Two keys are included. Access door at front, holder for nameplate. Material: 0.5 mm painted galvanized steel in hammer finish. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 150 White 340 mm 265 mm 135 mm 240x38 mm PCS Mailbox 150 Galvanized 340 mm 265 mm 135 mm 240x38 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Classic 350 A sober design of simple construction. The letter opening is large and rubber damped. Ruko cylinder with two keys. Can be built in, access door at front. Material: 0.7 mm painted galvanized steel or stainless steel. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 350 Stainless 470 mm 345 mm 170 mm 290x40 mm PCS Mailbox 350 Black/structure 470 mm 345 mm 170 mm 290x40 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Harmony 870 A mailbox worth its price. Ruko cylinder with two keys. Can be built in, access door at front and a spacious storage. The letter opening is rubber damped with a silver metallic flap. Can be operated with one hand. Material: 1.0 mm painted galvanized steel with round top and flat base. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 870 Galvanized 425 mm 365 mm 180 mm 360x35 mm PCS Mailbox 870 White 425 mm 365 mm 180 mm 360x35 mm PCS Mailbox 870 Black/silver 425 mm 365 mm 180 mm 360x35 mm PCS Mailbox 870 Grey structure 425 mm 365 mm 180 mm 360x35 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 White 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Black/structure 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Galvanized 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 28 Stainless 1560 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Security Grey structure Mailbox Harmony 864 A typical danish designed mailbox. Soft lines and spacious. Euro lock cylinder with two keys. A rubber damped flap in aluminium and place for a nameplate. Material: 0.7 mm painted galvanized steel. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 864 White 450 mm 350 mm 150 mm 320x25 PCS Mailbox 864 Black structure 450 mm 350 mm 150 mm 320x25 PCS Mailbox 864 Grey structure 450 mm 350 mm 150 mm 320x25 PCS Mailbox 864 Galv 450 mm 350 mm 150 mm 320x25 PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Grey/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS

6 Security Mailbox Harmony 842 Danish design in sturdy quality. Side-hinged access door. A spacious storage. Ruko cylinder with two keys. The letter opening is rubber damped. Can be operated with one hand. Material: 1.0 mm galvanized steel. Also available in stainless. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Pole 63: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, lamp low-energy PL-S - 5 W. CE-marked. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 842 Black/structure 430 mm 340 mm 150 mm 325x35 mm PCS Mailbox 842 Galvanized 430 mm 340 mm 150 mm 325x35 mm PCS Mailbox 842 Stainless 430 mm 340 mm 150 mm 325x35 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm - 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm - 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm - 38 mm PCS Pole with lamp 63 Black/structure 1545 mm 300 mm 60 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Design 840 The classic shape, but with exclusive metals and surfaces. Made in extra strong quality. The Design range is also available with a specially designed pole with an integrated light. Material: 2.0 mm galvanized steel. Ruko cylinder with two keys. The letter opening is rubber damped. Can be operated with one hand. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Pole 63: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, lamp low-energy PL-S - 5 W. CE-labelled. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 840 Hot dip galvanized 480 mm 330 mm 150 mm 290x50 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole with lamp 63 Black/Stainless 1545 mm 300 mm 60 mm - PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm mm PCS 1 Mailbox Classic 900 Can be built in, access door at front. Ruko cylinder with two keys. A spacious storage. A rubber damped flap. A holder in plastic for the nameplate. Material: 1.0 mm painted galvanized steel, shiny surface. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Pole 84: Power 220 V / 50 Hz, chandelier lamp socket E 14. CE-labelled. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Opening Unit Pack Mailbox 900 White 375 mm 420 mm 202 mm 375x35 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 White 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole/U-shaped 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Basic, lock A spacious mailbox. The lid is lockable and delivered with two keys. 500 different key possibilities. The box can be used unlocked. Fulfils the requirements for mail. Can be mounted on a wall, fence or a pole. Damped lid for minimized noise. The bottom inside is angled. Waterproof. Swedish design. Material: painted galvanized steel. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Basic White 390 mm 360 mm 200 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Green 390 mm 360 mm 200 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Met. grey 390 mm 360 mm 200 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Blue 390 mm 360 mm 200 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Met. Black/Grey 390 mm 360 mm 200 mm PCS 1 Mailbox, access door at front A spacious mailbox operated from the front. Lock with a plastic handle. Delivered with two keys. 500 different key possibilities. The box can be used unlocked. Fulfils the requirements for mail. Can be mounted on a wall, fence or a pole. Dampened letter opening for minimized noise. The bottom inside is angled. Waterproof. Swedish design. Material: painted galvanized steel. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox White 390 mm 290 mm 0 mm PCS Mailbox Met. grey 390 mm 290 mm 0 mm PCS Mailbox Blue 390 mm 290 mm 0 mm PCS

7 Mailbox B110 The unique construction assures that mail don t get wet. Rubber strips. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox B110 White 410 mm 305 mm 148 mm PCS Mailbox B110 Blue 410 mm 305 mm 148 mm PCS Mailbox B110 Green 410 mm 305 mm 148 mm PCS 1 Mailbox B230 Waterproof opening. For people who need a large opening for bigger packages. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox B230 White 370 mm 359 mm 155 mm PCS 1 Security Mailbox B510 A practical and spacious model. Waterproof construction. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox B510 Black 475 mm 335 mm 204 mm PCS 1 Mailboxes, standard without lock Mailbox Stil 95 Material: coated with zinc 0.60 mm sheet metal with enamel finish in different colours (see below). Equipped with a decal in plastic for name marking. c/c measure 120 mm. Art. no. Description Colour Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Stil 95 Red 400 mm 250 mm 140 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 95 Green 400 mm 250 mm 140 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 95 Black 400 mm 250 mm 140 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 95 Galvanized 400 mm 250 mm 140 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 95 Copper lacquered 400 mm 250 mm 140 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Galvanized 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /Black 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /White 130 cm cm PCS 1 Mailbox Stil 88 Original Material: coated with zinc 0.60 mm sheet metal with enamel finish in different colours (see below). No sharp edges. c/c measure 120 mm. Art. no. Description Colour Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Stil 88 Red 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 88 Green 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 88 Black 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 88 White 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 88 Blue 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS Mailbox Stil 88 Aluminium zinc 350 mm 250 mm 130 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Galvanized 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /Black 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized /White 130 cm cm PCS Mounting frame Forma Black 129,5 cm 23,5 cm PCS 4* 1297

8 Security Silver Mailbox Classic 57 XL Simple and funcional mailbox with extra space. Robust sheet metal with rubber damped lid. Place for books or film packages. Capacity 22 litres. Material: painted 1.00 mm galvanized steel. Shiny surface. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox 57 XL White 433 mm 337 mm 195 mm PCS Mailbox 57 XL Black 433 mm 337 mm 195 mm PCS Mailbox 57 XL Green 433 mm 337 mm 195 mm PCS Mailbox 57 XL Silver 433 mm 337 mm 195 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Basic, small A small but flexible mailbox. Primarily intended for summer cottages and similar where only a moderate amount of mail can be expected. Can be mounted on a wall, fence or a pole. Damped lid for minimized noise. The bottom inside is angled. Waterproof. Swedish design. Material: painted galvanized steel. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Basic White 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Red 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Green 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Met. grey 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Blue 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS Mailbox Basic Black 360 mm 320 mm 175 mm PCS 1 Mailboxes, standard economical Mailbox Classic 54 A traditional Swedish mailbox. A simple model without lock. Rubber damped lid. Material: 0.5 mm painted galvanized steel in hammer finish. Warranty 12 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox 54 White 340 mm 260 mm 145 mm PCS 5* Mailbox 54 Black 340 mm 260 mm 145 mm PCS 5* Mailbox 54 Green 340 mm 260 mm 145 mm PCS 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 White 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Black 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Mailbox 7996 Made in rigid ethene plastic. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox 7996 Green 410 mm 310 mm 200 mm PCS 1 Mailbox Made of tree. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Pine, untreated 390 mm 300 mm 130 mm PCS 6* 1298 Mailbox Campaign A mailbox worth its price. Suitable for vacation cottage, house or terrace house. Can be mounted on a wall, fence or a pole. Damped lid for minimized noise. The bottom inside is angled. Waterproof. Swedish design. Material: painted galvanized steel. Warranty 5 years against rust corrosion. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Mailbox Campaign White 345 mm 240 mm 135 mm PCS 6* Mailbox Campaign Red 345 mm 240 mm 135 mm PCS 6* Mailbox Campaign Green 345 mm 240 mm 135 mm PCS 6* Mailbox Campaign Met. grey 345 mm 240 mm 135 mm PCS 6* Mailbox Campaign Blue 345 mm 240 mm 135 mm PCS 6*

9 Poles for mailboxes Pole Function 991 Pole 991 is suitable for the models 470, 480, 482, 485, 486 and 457. For a stable mounting of the Mailbox weekly we recommend this type of attachment. Screws are enclosed. Fixing plate to be used for grouting in order to centre the screw holes. For 480 and 482, the fixing plate should be the base for the box and for 485, 486 and 457, the fixing plate should be removed and not used after the grouting with cement. The best fastening is by grouting with cement. (Hole depth approx. 400 mm). (The post recommended height to the opening country postman 900 mm, others 1100 mm). Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Unit Pack Pole 991 Black/structure 395 mm 300 mm 110 mm PCS 1 Easy Mount Pole Pole suitable for Forma mounting frames and Stil 3000 Family and Stil 300 economic. Simple fastening. No casting is needed. Digging depth approximately ca. 15 cm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Pole Coated with zinc 410 mm 250 mm PCS 1 Security Pole Universal 21 A new universal pole. Delivered with two mounting clamps that adapt the pole for all mailbox models. A plastic plug at the top. Fastening by grouting with cement or by using an earth anchor. Suitable for the models: 54, 57, 91, 150, 350, 862, 870, 900 and larger models of variety of mailbox models. (The Post offices recommended height to the opening: country postman 900 mm, others 1100 mm). Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Universal pole 21 Black/bright 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 White/blank 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Grey/structure 1500 mm 38 mm PCS Universal pole 21 Galvanized 1500 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Pole ME-FA 22 A bow curved pole. Assembly fitting and screw are enclosed. Material: painted galvanized steel tube or stainless steel. Suitable for the models: 91, 350, 400, 495, 630, 840, 842, 862, 870 and 900. (The Post offices recommend a height to the opening: country postman 900 mm, others 1100 mm). Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole 22 White 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 22 Black/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 22 Grey/structure 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 22 Galvanized 00 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 22 Stainless 00 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Pole ME-FA 28 An exclusive bow curved pole. Can be mounting in two different positions. Assembly fittings and screw are enclosed. To be mounted at the side of the Mail box. Material: painted galvanized steel tube or stainless steel. Suitable for the models 400 and 870. The fixing pin should be put between the poles both pipes in order to get it vertical at grouting with cement Tip: The two assembly fittings with screws and bolts should be mounted in the Mail box lower side hole. (The Post offices recommended height to the opening: country postman 900 mm, others 1100 mm). Art. no. Description Application Height Tube diam. Unit Pack Pole 28 White 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 28 Black/structure 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 28 Galvanized 1560 mm 38 mm PCS Pole 28 Stainless 1560 mm 38 mm PCS 1 Pole, outdoor lamps and nameplate ME-FA 63 An exclusive pole. Designed by the architect Alice Bigom. With lighting. You can engrave the nameplate. Clearance distances and screws, low-energy lamp, pipes for grouting and screws. Material: painted galvanized steel. Power 230 v 50/ Hz. The pole is suitable for the models 630, 840 and 842. The Post offices recommended height to the opening: country postman 900 mm, others 1100 mm). Lamp: Low-energy PL-S 5 W/827. Light duration approx hours. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Depth Pipes for grouting Unit Pack Pole 63 Black/Stainless 00 mm 300 mm 60 mm 400 mm PCS

10 Locks Post-Stick pole Made of 28x1.5 mm steel tube, electro-galvanized. c/c measure mm. Art. no. Description Colour Length Width Unit Pack Pole Galvanized 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized/Black 130 cm cm PCS Pole Galvanized/White 130 cm cm PCS 1 Mounting frame Forma Decorative mounting frame. Simple fastening with a pole from Berglunds, Art. no Forma is suitable for Stil 88, Stil 95, Stil 100 and Stil Art. no. Description Colour Height Width Tube Unit Pack Forma Mounting frame Black 1295 mm 235 mm 30 mm PCS 4* Locks Lock cases Lock cases Assa Latch hook bolt lock 7787 Lock case for entrance doors, file rooms, storage areas, offices, industrial buildings etc. Available with backset 50 mm. Meets the requirements of the SS 3522, grade 3. CE approved. With lever latch and hook bolt. The hook bolt deadlocks automatically at 360 key turning. Guided hook bolt of hardened steel. The hook bolt interlocks door and frame. Handing of the lever latch is reversible. Lever latch of steel for fire-rated doors. The hook bolt is operated with key or thumb turn. The lever latch is retracted with handle For more information, please contact us. Latch deadbolt lock 8765 Lock case for entrance doors, file rooms, storage areas, offices, industrial buildings etc. Available with backset 50 mm. Meets the requirements of the SS 3522, grade 3. CE approved. With lever latch and bolt. The hook bolt deadlocks automatically at 360 key turning. Guided bolt of hardened steel. Handing of the lever latch is reversible. Lever latch of steel for fire-rated doors. Available with a built-in micro switch. The bolt is operated with key or thumb turn. The lever latch is retracted with handle Double cylinder 712 / Cylinder accessory 3212 For approved locking of outer doors. Meets the approval of the Insurance Association. Pin cylinder with 7 elements, protected against vandalism, skeleton key and protected against manipulation. In combination with cylinder accessory 3212 Security strike plates 1487/1887 For perimeter protection and other important doors. Features: Meets the requirements of the SS 3522, grade 3. CE approved flat angle Padlock Abus Padlock ABUS GRANIT plus 37/80, security class/grade 4 Lock and shackle in hardened steel. Treated with KTL-elecrolyte for best possible anti-corrosion. 250,000 different key variations for maximum security. Maximum precision for securing against intelligent attempts to break open. Ability to change the cylinder. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Double sided key. Additional shackle protection for resistance against manipulation with bolt cutters, striking tools e.g. Plastic covers provide additional protection against dust and impact. A tensile strength more than 10 tons. Securing objects with a high risk of theft. Produced for securing containers, shackle is removed completely. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /80 DIY 14 mm 22 mm 20 mm 20 mm 83 mm 4 PCS

11 Padlock ABUS GRANIT plus 37/70, security class/grade 4 Lock and shackle in hardened steel. Treated with KTL-elecrolyte for best possible anti-corrosion different key variations. Maximum precision for securing against intelligent attempts to break open. Ability to change the cylinder. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Double sided key. Plastic covers provide additional protection against dust and impact. A tensile strength more than 10 tons. Securing objects with a high risk of theft. Produced for securing containers and lock levers. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /70 DIY 14 mm 30 mm 28 mm 50 mm 75 mm 4 PCS 1 Padlock ABUS Rock 83/80 security class/grade 4 Lock and shackle in hardened steel. Anti-corrosion lock. Incl. Assa cylinder with 3 pcs keys. Available in keyed-alike or master-keyed systems. A tensile strength more than 10 tons. Produced for securing containers and lock levers. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /80 15 mm 40 mm 35 mm 75 mm 80 mm 4 PCS 1 Padlock ABUS GRANIT 37/55, security class/grade 3 Lock and shackle in chromed hardened steel. Lock with ABUS PLUS cylinder different key variations. Maximum precision for securing against intelligent attempts to break open. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Double sided key. Plastic covers provide additional protection against dust and impact. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /55 DIY 11 mm 28 mm 26 mm 50 mm 56 mm 3 PCS 3* Locks Padlock ABUS Sea and Snow 37/55, security class/grade 3 Lock and shackle in hardened steel. Treated with KTL-elecrolyte for best possible anti-corrosion. Developed for extreme environment, marine, snow scooters. Lock with ABUS PLUS cylinder different key variations. Maximum precision for securing against intelligent attempts to break open. Available in keyed-alike and masterkeyed systems. Double sided key. Plastic covers provide additional protection against dust and impact. Hi-Viz yellow has a Signal-coloured casing, giving wearers the added safety of high visibility. Art. no. Type A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /55 11 mm 28 mm 26 mm 50 mm 56 mm 3 PCS 3* Padlock ABUS 27/50, security class/grade 2 Double ball locking shackle of hardened steel, hardened anti-corrosion treated steel. Ability to change the pin cylinder with 5 elements. Powder coated housing are highly resistant to corrosion and wear. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /50 DIY 9 mm 25 mm 26 mm 42 mm 50 mm 2 PCS 6* Padlock ABUS Prestige 88/40, 88/50, security class/grade 1, 2 Shackle in chromium plated hardened steel. Body of nickel-plated solid brass. Resistance against picking with ABUS PLUS cylinder different key variations. Maximum precision for securing against intelligent attempts to break open. The size 50 mm with ability to change the cylinder. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Art. no. Description A C B Grade Unit Pack /40 DIY 7,0 mm 22 mm 22 mm 1 PCS 6* /50 DIY 9,5 mm 25 mm 24 mm 2 PCS 6* Padlock ABUS 90/50 Made of 100% stainless steel. Body, shackle and lock mechanism of stainless, acid-proof steel. Body with raised shoulder shackle protection against manipulation at the shackle. Ideal for locking sheds, hatches or other locking used where high security as well as anti-corrosion is required. Available in keyed-alike. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /50 DIY 9,5 mm 18,5 mm 21 mm 61 mm 50 mm PCS 3* 88/

12 Locks Padlock ABUS EC 75, security class/grade 1, 2 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Precision pin cylinder with double sided key, and pin cylinder with multilevel technology. High-precision reversible key lock mechanism with up to 8,000 different key variations! Available in keyed-alike. Intended for schools, sport arenas e.g. Security class/ grade 1: 40 mm + 50 mm. Security class/grade 2: 60 mm. ** Long shackle. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /30 DIY 5 mm mm 17,5 mm 31 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /30 5 mm mm 17,5 mm 31 mm 30 mm PCS 12* /40 DIY 6,5 mm 22 mm 22,5 mm 32 mm 40 mm 1 PCS 6* /40 6,5 mm 22 mm 22,5 mm 32 mm 40 mm 1 PCS 12* /40/63 DIY** 6,5 mm 22 mm 63 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /40/63** 6,5 mm 22 mm 63 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 12* /50 DIY 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* /50/80** 8 mm 28 mm 80 mm 40 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /50/80 DIY** 8 mm 28 mm 80 mm 40 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /60 DIY 9,5 mm 33 mm 35 mm 46 mm 60 mm 2 PCS 6* /60 9,5 mm 33 mm 35 mm 46 mm 60 mm 2 PCS 3* Keyed-alike Art. no. Type/width Ø A B C D E Locking Grade Unit Pack /30 5 mm mm 17,5 mm 31 mm 30 mm KA 7341 PCS 12* /30 5 mm mm 17,5 mm 31 mm 30 mm KA 7342 PCS 12* /40 6,5 mm 22 mm 22,5 mm 32 mm 40 mm KA PCS 12* /40 6,5 mm 22 mm 22,5 mm 32 mm 40 mm KA PCS 12* /40/63** 6,5 mm 22 mm 63 mm 32 mm 40 mm KA PCS 6* /40/63** 6,5 mm 22 mm 63 mm 32 mm 40 mm KA PCS 6* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS 6* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS 6* /50/80** 8 mm 34 mm 80 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS 6* /50/80** 8 mm 34 mm 80 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS 6* /60 9,5 mm 33 mm 35 mm 46 mm 60 mm KA PCS 6* /60 9,5 mm 33 mm 35 mm 46 mm 60 mm KA PCS 6* Padlock ABUS EC 75 IB Marine Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of stainless steel. Precision pin cylinder with double sided key, and pin cylinder with multilevel technology. High-precision reversible key lock mechanism with up to 8,000 different key variations Developed for extreme environment, marine usage e.g. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack IB/30 DIY 5 mm mm 17,5 mm 31 mm 30 mm PCS 6* IB/40 DIY 6,5 mm 22 mm 22,5 mm 32 mm 40 mm 1 PCS 6* IB/50 DIY 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* 65/40 Twins Padlock ABUS 62/40 Triple pack Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Take 3 pcs, pay for 2. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /40 6 mm 23 mm 23 mm 32 mm 40 mm PAC 6* Padlock ABUS 65 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking (from 30 mm) shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Precision pin cylinder with mushroom counter pins. Very high quality. Great number of unique lockings. Suitable for most applications. Available in keyed-alike. **Long shackle. Padlock 65 DIY Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /15 DIY 3 mm 8 mm 13 mm 15 mm 15 mm PCS 6* /20 DIY 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm 20 mm 20 mm PCS 6* /30 DIY 4 mm mm 17 mm 30 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 DIY 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /50 DIY 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 42 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /30HB60 DIY** 4 mm mm 60 mm 30 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40HB40 DIY** 6 mm 22 mm 40 mm 42 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /40HB63 DIY** 6 mm 22 mm 63 mm 42 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /50HB80 DIY** 8 mm 28 mm 80 mm 42 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Padlock 65 multipack Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /20 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm 20 mm 20 mm PCS 12* /30 4 mm mm 17 mm 30 mm 30 mm PCS 12* /40 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm PCS 12* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 42 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /60 9 mm 35 mm 35 mm 52 mm 60 mm PCS 6* 1302

13 Padlock 65 Globetrotter Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /20 Twins 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm 20 mm 20 mm PCS 6* Padlock 65 keyed-alike Art. no. Description A B C D E Locking Unit Pack /20 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm 20 mm 20 mm KA 6201 PCS 12* /20 3 mm 9 mm 11 mm 20 mm 20 mm KA 6203 PCS 12* /30 4 mm mm 17 mm 30 mm 30 mm KA 6301 PCS 12* /30 4 mm mm 17 mm 30 mm 30 mm KA 6302 PCS 12* /30 4 mm mm 17 mm 30 mm 30 mm KA 6303 PCS 12* /40 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm KA 6401 PCS 12* /40 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm KA 6402 PCS 12* /40 Twins DIY 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm 2-pack LL PAC 6* /40 Tripples DIY 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm 3-pack LL PAC 6* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 42 mm 50 mm KA 6501 PCS 6* /50 8 mm 28 mm 29 mm 42 mm 50 mm KA 6502 PCS 6* Padlock ABUS 65/40 IB Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of stainless acid-proof steel. Developed for extreme environment, marine usage e.g. Available in keyed-alike. Art. no. Description A B C D E Locking Grade Unit Pack IB/40 DIY 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm - 1 PCS 6* IB/40 Twins 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm 2-pack 1 PAC 6* IB/40 6 mm 22 mm 24 mm 42 mm 40 mm KA PCS 12* Padlock ABUS 65CS Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Body with raised shoulder shackle protection against manipulation at the shackle. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack CS/40 7 mm 14 mm 18 mm 53 mm 40 mm PCS 6* CS/50 8 mm 18,5 mm 20,5 mm 63 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Locks Padlock ABUS 84IB Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of stainless steel. Developed for extreme environment, marine usage e.g. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack IB/30 DIY 5 mm 15 mm 14 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS 6* IB/40 DIY 6 mm 20 mm 23 mm 38 mm 40 mm PCS 6* IB/50 DIY 7 mm 29 mm 28 mm 48 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Padlock ABUS 85/30-40 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Resistance against picking with precision pin cylinder with mushroom counter pins of bronze. Springs of bronze different key variations. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Offer extensive possibilities. ** Long shackle. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /30 5 mm 18 mm 17 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 6 mm 24 mm 23 mm 34 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /30 DIY 5 mm 18 mm 17 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 DIY 6 mm 24 mm 23 mm 34 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /40HB63 DIY** 6 mm 24 mm 63 mm 34 mm 40 mm PCS 3* Padlock 85 keyed-alike Art. no. Description A B C D E Locking Unit Pack /30, 2 keys 5 mm 18 mm 17 mm 28 mm 30 mm KA 418 PCS /30, 2 keys 5 mm 18 mm 17 mm 28 mm 30 mm KA 420 PCS /40, 2 keys 6 mm 24 mm 23 mm 34 mm 40 mm KA 706 PCS /40, 2 keys 6 mm 24 mm 23 mm 34 mm 40 mm KA 709 PCS 6 Padlock 85 Marine Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack IB/30 DIY 5 mm 18 mm 17 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS 6* IB/40 DIY 6 mm 24 mm 23 mm 34 mm 40 mm PCS 6* 1303

14 Locks Padlock ABUS 85/50, security class/grade 1 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Resistance against picking with precision pin cylinder with mushroom counter pins of bronze. Springs of bronze different key variations. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Offer extensive possibilities. Incl. 2 keys. ** Marine. *** 2 pcs padlocks. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /50 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* /50 DIY 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* /50 8 mm 30 mm 200 mm 40 mm 50 mm - PCS 6* IB/50 DIY ** 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm 1 PCS 6* Padlock 85 keyed-alike Art. no. Description A B C D E Locking Grade Unit Pack /50 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS /50 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS /50 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm KA PCS /50 DIY*** 8 mm 30 mm 28 mm 40 mm 50 mm X 1 PAC 6* Padlock ABUS 85/60 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Resistance against picking with precision pin cylinder with mushroom counter pins of bronze. Springs of bronze different key variations. Available in keyed-alike and master-keyed systems. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack /60 10 mm 35 mm 38 mm 46 mm 60 mm 1 PCS 3* /60 DIY 10 mm 35 mm 38 mm 46 mm 60 mm 1 PCS 6* Padlock ABUS 55 Body made of solid brass. Double ball locking shackle of hardened, chromium plated steel. Precision cylinder with pins of brass. Springs of stainless steel. Available in keyed-alike. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /25 DIY 4 mm 12 mm 11 mm 21 mm 25 mm PCS 6* /30 DIY 5 mm 14 mm 14 mm 26 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 DIY 6 mm 21 mm 22 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /40 HB63 DIY 6 mm 21 mm 63 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /50 DIY 7 mm 25 mm 25 mm 37 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /40 6 mm 21 mm 22 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 12* /50 7 mm 25 mm 25 mm 37 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /60 8 mm 32 mm 33 mm 46 mm 60 mm PCS 6* Padlock 55 keyed-alike Art. no. Description A B C D E Contents Unit Pack /40 DIY 6 mm 21 mm 22 mm 32 mm 40 mm 2 pcs PAC 6* Padlock ABUS T84MB Body and shackle of solid brass. Made of 100% stainless steel. The body is coated with black vinyl. No scratching on sensitive surfaces, e.g. boats. Developed for extreme environment when demand for resistance against corrosion, e.g. boats, sheds. MB 40C also available in 2-pack with the same key for the two padlocks. MB 30C available in 3-pack with the same key for the three padlocks. Art. no. Description A B C D E Contents Unit Pack T84MB/20 DIY 3,5 mm 10 mm 11 mm 21 mm 20 mm - PCS 6* T84MB/30 DIY 4,7 mm 15 mm 14 mm 25 mm 30 mm - PCS 6* T84MB/30 DIY 4,7 mm 15 mm 14 mm 31 mm 30 mm 3 pcs PAC 6* T84MB/40 DIY 6,3 mm 20 mm 21 mm 31 mm 40 mm - PCS 6* T84MB/40 DIY 6,3 mm 20 mm 21 mm 31 mm 40 mm 2 pcs PAC 6* Padlock ABUS AQUA SAFE 70/45 IB, security class/grade 1 Body made of solid brass. Shackle of stainless, acid-proof steel. Body and shackle enclosed in vinyl, for high resistance against water and filth in extreme demanding environment. No scratching on sensitive surfaces. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack IB/45 DIY 8 mm 20,5 mm 24,5 mm 40 mm 45 mm PCS 6* IB/45HB63 DIY 8 mm 20,5 mm 63 mm 40 mm 45 mm PCS 6* 1304

15 Combination padlock ABUS 5 Made of solid brass with resettable art. no. 5/20 and 5/30 have 3-digit with 1000 combination of numbers. 5/40 have 4-digit with combinations. Individually adjustable numerical combination. Very robust construction and high precision. Ideal for bags, lockers e.g. Not recommended for schools, choose a padlock with a key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /20 DIY 3 mm 9 mm 22 mm 27 mm 20 mm PCS 6* /30 DIY 5 mm 14 mm 26 mm 39 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 DIY 6 mm 21 mm 27 mm 48 mm 40 mm PCS 6* Padlock 5 Globetrotter Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /20 Globetrotter 3 mm 9 mm 22 mm 27 mm 20 mm PCS 6* /30 Globetrotter 5 mm 14 mm 26 mm 39 mm 30 mm PCS 6* Combination padlock ABUS 0 Body of chromium plated and polished steel. Double ball locking hardened shackle and with resettable no. 0/40 have 3-digit with 1000 combinations. 0/50 have 4-digit with combinations. The ideal padlock for sports clubs, sports arenas e.g. with high demands. Individually adjustable numerical combination. Art. no. Model/width A B C D E Unit Pack /40 DIY 6 mm 24 mm 21 mm 45 mm 40 mm PCS 6* /50 DIY 7,5 mm 29 mm 25 mm 53 mm 50 mm PCS 6* /50HB50 DIY 7,5 mm 29 mm 50 mm 53 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Combination padlock ABUS 158 Black finish with hardened shackle. 4-digit with combinations. Recommended for locking doors, cabinets, tool boxes e.g. Individually adjustable numerical combination. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /50 DIY 8 mm 25 mm 35 mm 58 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Locks Combination padlock ABUS 180IB Marine C With stainless shackle. 4-digit with combinations. The digit is put underneath for easy handling. Body of brass. 100% stainless steel. Weather proof e.g. sea, coast. Individually adjustable numerical combination. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack IB/50 Marine 8 mm 25,5 mm 25 mm 42 mm 50 mm PCS 6* IB/50HB63 Marine 8 mm 25,5 mm 63 mm 42 mm 50 mm PCS 6* Combination padlock ABUS 190/60 Solid combination padlock in hardened steel and hardened 11 mm shackle. Adjustable 4-digit combination with protection against manipulation, Individually adjustable numerical combination, combinations. Intended for secure storage of tools on construction sites, etc. Art. no. Model/width A B C D E Unit Pack /60 DIY 11 mm 22 mm 25 mm 56 mm 62,5 mm PCS 6* CS/60 DIY 11 mm 22 mm 25 mm 56 mm 62,5 mm PCS 6* Combination padlock ABUS 150 With ratchet mechanism. Body and shackle chromium plated. Please note! As you can feel the number wheels engaging, it is easier to use when hard to see. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /40 DIY 6,5 mm 19 mm 20 mm 34 mm 40 mm PCS 6* Padlock ABUS 105 Low security padlock. House of steel. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /40 DIY 5 mm 21 mm 21 mm 35 mm 40 mm PCS 6* 1305

16 Locks Padlock Fire brigade ABUS 465 With red finish and body of steel. Protected against corrosion, steel shackle. Key locking. Delivered without a key, will be sold separately. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /60 Red 8,5 mm 30 mm 33 mm 53 mm 60 mm PCS 6* Key for Padlock 465/60 PCS 1 Padlock ABUS 444 Body and shackle of galvanized steel. Automatic lock mechanism. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack /20 DIY 3 mm 8 mm 9 mm 20 mm 20 mm PCS 6* /30 DIY 4,7 mm 17 mm 13 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS 6* /40 DIY 6 mm 17 mm 17 mm 37 mm 40 mm PCS 6* CB20 Padlock Citadel Made of solid brass med hardened double ball locking steel shackle. Key blank, see below. Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack Citadel CB20 C/DIY 3,5 mm 10 mm 14 mm 20 mm 21 mm PCS 12* Citadel CB30 C/DIY 5 mm 15 mm 15 mm 27 mm 30 mm PCS 12* Citadel CB40 C/DIY 6 mm 22 mm 22 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS 12* Citadel CB50 C/DIY 7 mm 27 mm 25 mm 37 mm 50 mm PCS Key blank CB20 PCS Key blank CB30-40 PCS Key blank CB50 PCS 50 Keyed-alike Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack Citadel CB30 KA 5 mm 15 mm 15 mm 28 mm 30 mm PCS Citadel CB40 KA 6 mm 22 mm 22 mm 32 mm 40 mm PCS Citadel CB50 KA 7 mm 25 mm 25 mm 36 mm 50 mm PCS 6 Padlock Abloy Padlock Abloy PL 350, PL 350/50, security class/grade 4 Case-hardened steel body provides tough protection for high security applications, including: containers, train wagons, trucks, lorries, warehouses etc. Equipped with case hardened boron steel shackle, diameter 14 mm. The key can only be taken out in locked position. Security class/grade 1, 2 and 3. All cylinder products from door locks, cam locks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack PL 350 DIY 14 mm 31 mm mm 71 mm 4 PCS 3* PL 350/50 DIY 14 mm 31 mm mm 71 mm 4 PCS 3* Padlock Abloy PL 340, PL 340/50, security class/grade 3 Extra-strong padlocks for applications where high security is required. Ideal for construction equipment, tractor trailers and remote storage areas, trucks, storage bins, roller-shutter doors and warehouses. The case-hardened steel body is highly resistant to all types of physical attack. Equipped with hardened boron steel shackle, diameter 10 mm. The key can only be taken out in locked position. Security class/grade 1, 2 and 3. All cylinder products from door locks, cam locks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack PL 340 DIY 10 mm 28 mm 25 mm 52 mm 55 mm 3 PCS 5* PL 340/50 DIY 10 mm 28 mm 50 mm 52 mm 55 mm 3 PCS 5* Padlock Abloy PL 330, PL 330/50, security class/grade 2 Robust padlock. Housing in chromium plated brass and shackle (height 25 mm) in chromium plated hardened steel. The key can only be taken out in locked position. Suitable for interior locking of windows, grilles and hatches of security class/ grade 1 and 2, in basements and attics. Locking of boats under 200 kg and locking of approved bicycle chains. All cylinder products from door locks, cam locks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack PL 330 DIY 8 mm 25 mm 25 mm 40 mm 47 mm 2 PCS 5* PL 330/50 DIY 8 mm 25 mm 50 mm 40 mm 47 mm 2 PCS 5* 1306

17 Padlock Abloy PL 320, PL 320/50, security class/grade 1 A multi-purpose padlock ideal for cash boxes, tool boxes, storage cabins, light machinery and lockers. The key can only be taken out in locked position. All Abloy cylinder products from door locks, cam locks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack PL 320 DIY 5 mm 18 mm 20 mm 32 mm 33 mm 1 PCS 5* PL 320 DIY, 3 pcs keyed-alike 5 mm 18 mm 20 mm 32 mm 33 mm 1 PAC 5* PL 320/50 DIY 5 mm 18 mm 50 mm 32 mm 33 mm PCS 5* Padlock Abloy PL 3020, security class/grade 1 This general purpose padlock has a die-cast, compact brass body and is furnished with raised shoulders which provide added strength and shackle clearance. A cost-effective product for securing boats, bicycles, power station switches, tool boxes and storage sheds. Shackle diameter 7 mm. The key can be taken out in locked as well as in unlocked position. All Abloy cylinder products from door locks, cam locks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack PL 3020 DIY 7 mm 26 mm 35 mm 34 mm 47 mm 1 PCS 5* PL 3020 DIY, 2 keyed-alike 7 mm 26 mm 35 mm 34 mm 47 mm 1 PAC 5* Locking plates Abloy PL 200, PL 202, security class/grade 2 Intended for bolt through mounting on right- alt. lefthanded door. In combination with padlock suitable for locking of basement or attics. For interior locking of grilles and hatches. * Right or left-handed doors. Technical specification Material Finish Shackle hole Fixing screw 4 pcs Art. no. Description Type Grade Unit Pack PL 200 DIY Right* 2 PCS 3* PL 202 DIY Left* 2 PCS 3* Padlock Anchor serie 800 Security class/grade 1-4 The padlocks can be received with keyed-alike. All Abloy cylinder products from door locks, camlocks and furniture lock to padlocks can be made to operate with just one key. All padlocks are highly resistant to picking, freezing and corrosion. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack ,5 mm 21 mm 20 mm 40 mm 39 mm 1 PCS 8* mm 24 mm 25 mm 46 mm 46 mm 2 PCS 8* pcs keyed-alike 8 mm 24 mm 25 mm 46 mm 46 mm 2 PAC 5* mm 28 mm 28 mm 56 mm 60 mm 3 PCS 5* mm 30 mm 27 mm 63 mm 70 mm 4 PCS 3* B50 15 mm 30 mm 50 mm 63 mm 70 mm 4 PCS 3* Padlock Anchor 350 Brass body, hardened steel shackle. Case-hardened steel Chromium plated 12 mm M8 x 60 DIN Art. no. Description A B C D E Unit Pack Locking mm 14 mm 14 mm 25 mm 25 mm PCS Locking mm 14 mm 14 mm 25 mm 25 mm PCS Locking 330 5,5 mm 19 mm 19 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS Locking 331 5,5 mm 19 mm 19 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS Locking 40 7 mm 24 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm PCS Locking 41 7 mm 24 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm PCS Locking 60 9,5 mm 34 mm 34 mm 43 mm 60 mm PCS Locking 61 9,5 mm 34 mm 34 mm 43 mm 60 mm PCS DIY 3 mm 11 mm 11 mm 21 mm 19 mm PCS DIY 4 mm 14 mm 14 mm 25 mm 25 mm PCS BOX 4 mm 14 mm 14 mm 25 mm 25 mm PCS DIY 5,5 mm 19 mm 19 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS BOX 5,5 mm 19 mm 19 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS DIY 5,5 mm 19 mm 69,5 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS 10* DIY 7 mm 24 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm PCS 10* BOX 7 mm 24 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm PCS DIY 2 pcs keyed-alike 7 mm 24 mm 25 mm 35 mm 45 mm PAC 5* DIY 9,5 mm 34 mm 34 mm 43 mm 60 mm PCS 5* PL 200 PL 202 Locks 1307

18 Locks Padlock Assa Padlock ASSA 4741, security class/grade 4 Application: For exterior locking of doors, gates, hatches and grilles of security class/grade 1, 2 and 3. Features: With water (condense) drainage holes to reduce the risk of freezing. With drill-protected cylinder. Designed for alternative cylinder types. Pull resistance over 70 kn. Key locking. Function: Designed for the following cylinder series: 700 series. Twin Combi series. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack mm 44 mm 40 mm 133 mm 80 mm 4 PCS 2* Padlock ASSA 3741, security class/grade 3 Application: For interior locking of doors, gates and hatches of security class/grade 1, 2 and 3 as well as for interior locking of grilles of security class/grade 3, locking of motor bikes and mopeds and boats over 200 kg and boat engines. Features: With drill-protected cylinder. Designed for alternative cylinder types. Pull resistance over 35 kn. Key locking. Function: Designed for the following cylinder series: 700 series. Twin Combi series. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack mm 33 mm 31 mm 102 mm 62 mm 3 PCS 3* Padlock ASSA 2740, security class/grade 2 Application: Locking in basements and attics of apartment buildings, for interior locking of grilles and hatches of security class/grade 1 and 2, locking of boats under 200 kg and locking of approved bicycle chains. Features: With water (condense) drainage holes to reduce the risk of freezing. Designed for alternative cylinder types. Pull resistance over 15 kn. Self-locking. Function: Designed for the following cylinder series: 550 series. 700 series. Twin Combi series. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack mm 24 mm 27 mm 56,3 mm 48 mm 2 PCS 5* Padlock ASSA 1541, security class/grade 1 Application: Internal locking of windows, locking of tool boxes etc. Features: With water (condense) drainage holes to reduce the risk of freezing. Pull resistance over 5 kn. Not self-locking. Function: For keyed different or keyed alike systems. Art. no. Description A B C D E Grade Unit Pack mm 18 mm 20 mm 64 mm 37 mm 1 PCS 5* Padlock hasps Container Lock ConLock The bar is made of two parts. The outer bar is easily welded to the container. The distance washers are supplied to fit all containers. Con Lock has been carefully tested by companies using a great numbers of containers. Tested and certified by SSF (Swedish theft protection society). The locking cover-box is the only visible point of attack from the outside, and is made of extremely hard and durable steel. The loop bolt is mounted on the bar and goes through the container door. We recommend padlocks with security class/grade 4. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Container Lock/Conlock Black PCS 1 Wall and Floor Anchor ABUS WBA 100, security class/grade 3 Very strong anchor to be mounted permanently either on the floor or on the wall. mm shackle made of hardened special steel for extreme resistance and for best corrosion protection. High-quality plastic cover makes it possible for the WBA 100 to be driven over. Foldable. Incl. fixing accessory for concrete. In accordance with security class/ grade 3. Suitable for the landing-stage, for fastening machines or in the garage. Art. no. Description Plate Shackle wxh Thickness Unit Pack Wall and Floor Anchor,5x cm 65x75 mm mm PCS

19 Wall Anchor ABUS WA 50 Extra-strong, hardened floor brace is anchored onto the floor or wall with long, sturdy fastening elements. For permanent mounting. Incl. fixing accessory. Made from non-corrosive materials. Suitable as chain accessory. Art. no. Description Measure Unit Pack Wall Anchor 15,5/ cm PCS 1 Hasp ABUS 125, security class/grade 2 Galvanized and hardened staple. Concealed screws. Approved in security class/grade 2, to be used in combination with a padlock approved in security class/grade 2. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp 125/150 DIY Galvanized 150 mm 60 mm PCS 2* Hasp ABUS 110 Sturdy steel construction. Includes bolt through with washer and nut. Concealed screws. Loop diameter 12 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp 110/155 DIY Galvanized 155 mm 45 mm PCS 3* Hasp ABUS 100 Made of hardened staple and hinge pins. Screws are included. Concealed screws after the mounting. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp 100/80 DIY Galvanized 80 mm 28 mm PCS 6* Hasp 100/100 DIY Galvanized 100 mm 35 mm PCS 6* Hasp Anchor 930 Galvanized chrome-plated steel. Shackle made of 6,5 mm steel. Concealed screws. Art. no. Description Length Width Unit Pack Hasp mm 38 mm PCS 10* Hasp Anchor 940 Galvanized chrome-plated steel. Shackle made of 8,5 mm hardened steel. Concealed screws. Art. no. Description Length Width Unit Pack Hasp mm 44 mm PCS 10* Hasp Stainless Thumb turn. Concealed screws. Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp with Thumb turn Stainless A2 71 mm 25 mm PAC 10 Locks Hasp Stainless Concealed screws. Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp Stainless A2 72 mm 30 mm PAC 10 Hasp Concealed screws. Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp Galvanized 85 mm 37 mm PAC Hasp Galvanized 100 mm 37 mm PAC Hasp Galvanized 150 mm 50 mm PAC 6 Hasp 314 Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Hasp Galvanized 65 mm 26 mm PAC Hasp Galvanized 80 mm 26 mm PAC Hasp Galvanized 100 mm 31 mm PAC 10 Plate Catch 358 Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Hole diam Contents Unit Pack Plate Catch Galvanized 50 mm 13 mm 2 pcs PAC

20 Locks Motorbike locks/snowmobile locks Brake disc lock ABUS 37/60 for motorbikes, security class/grade 3 Recommended for securing bikes with a high risk of theft. Extra-hardened steel for lock body and shackle. Supplied with ABUS-Plus 7 disc cylinder, different key variations. Blocks the brake disc. Signal-coloured casing. A bag is included for easy, secure transportation under the seat. Tested and approved by the SSF for motorbikes. In accordance with security class/grade 3. Art. no. Description Width Shackle diameter Unit Pack /60 HB70 60 mm 11 mm PCS 1 Brake disc lock ABUS Granit Victory X-Plus 68 Made in special hardened steel. A solid construction and the special stell used make this lock handy and secure, resistance against angle grinders. Very high resistance against tools like hacksaw, hammer, hand drilling machine, bolt cutters e.g. Attached transport bag for comfortable and secure transport. Supplied with ABUS-X-Plus locking system for maximum security. Tested and approved by the SSF for motorbikes. Art. no. Description Length Width Bolt diam Colour Unit Pack Victory X-Plus 68 whole bolt 75 mm 65 mm 14 mm Yellow PCS Victory X-Plus 68 half bolt 75 mm 65 mm 14 mm Yellow PCS 1 Brake disc lock ABUS 68/12 KS Black Loop Brake disc lock and a chain made of special steel, hardened 12 mm. The chain is covered with protective, black nylon. The chain is 120 cm and provided with a black loop. Supplied with ABUS-X-Plus locking system for maximum security. Tested and approved by the SSF for motorbikes. Weight 3,5 kg. Art. no. Description Length Width Bolt diam Length Unit Pack Victory X-Plus 68 + chain 75 mm 65 mm 14 mm 120 cm PCS 1 Snowmobile lock 37/55HB535 Snowmobile lock 37/55 HB 535. Specially hardened U-lock with double shackle locking. Supplied with ABUS-Plus 7 disc cylinder, different key variations. Signal-coloured casing. Tested and approved by the SSF for scooters. Art. no. Description Width Shackle diameter Shackle height Unit Pack /55 HB mm 11 mm 535 mm PCS 1 Moped and Bicycle locks U-lock ABUS 43/150HB230, 47/150HB230 for bicycles, Approved 46/150HB230 5-pin cylinder lock, With universal bracket. Plastic covered shackle. Low weight. 47/150HB230 with ABUS-Plus drill-protected cylinder lock with different key variations. With bracket USH46 alt. USH47. Tested and approved by the SSF. Art. no. Description Shackle height int. Shackle width int. Shackle thickness Unit Pack /150HB230 + USH 230 mm 109 mm 12 mm PCS 6* /150HB230 + USH mm 109 mm 12 mm PCS 6* U-lock ABUS 54/0HB230 X-plus for mopeds, Approved Tested and approved by the SSF for mopeds and bicycles. ABUS X-Plus cylinder with different key variations. Plastic covered shackle. Incl. universal bracket USH54. Art. no. Description Shackle height int. Shackle width int. Shackle thickness Unit Pack HB/0HB mm 110 mm 13 mm PCS 2* Coil Cable lock ABUS 1950/180 Plastic covered steel wire. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Coil Cable lock 1950/ cm 6,2 mm PCS 12* Coil Cable lock ABUS 590/150 Coil Cable with universal carrier. Lock and cable is covered in plastic. Offers good basic protection for bicycles. Not approved. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Colour Unit Pack Coil Cable lock 590/ cm 8 mm Smoke-coloured PCS 12* 1310

21 Coil Cable lock ABUS 1300/150 Super-flexible plastic covered steel wire. Programme your very own combination of digits. Numerical combination with 10,000 possible PINs. Easy to use. Not approved. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Coil Cable lock 1300/ cm 8 mm PCS 12* Cable Lock ABUS 580/65 Cable lock for bicycle with carrier and 2 keys. Plastic covered cable and lock. Not approved. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Colour Unit Pack Cable Lock 580/65 65 cm 9,8 mm Smoke-coloured PCS 12* Locks Cable Lock ABUS 1900/55 Intended for bicycles. Plastic covered steel wire. Chromed lock. 2 keys. Different colours. Not approved. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Cable Lock 1900/55 55 cm 10,9 mm PCS 12* Lock chains Square section chain ABUS 6 KS/65 Chain made of 6 mm hardened steel. Four-cornered steel for best cutting resistance. Yellow chromium plated for best possible anti-corrosion. Corners protected by high-quality textile sheathing. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Chain 6 KS/65 65 cm Black PCS 6* Chain 6 KS/ cm Black PCS 6* Square section chain ABUS 8 KS/85, security class/grade 2 Chain made of 8 mm hardened steel. Four-cornered steel for best cutting resistance. Yellow chromium plated for best possible anti-corrosion. Corners protected by high-quality textile sheathing. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Chain 8 KS/85 85 cm Black PCS 2* Chain 8 KS cm Black PCS 2* Square section chain ABUS 10 KS/170, security class/grade 3 Chain made of 10 mm hardened steel. Four-cornered steel for best cutting resistance. Yellow chromium plated for best possible anti-corrosion. Corners protected by high-quality textile sheathing. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Chain 10 KS/ cm Black PCS Chain 10 KS/ cm Black PCS Chain 10 KS/ cm Black PCS 2* Chain 10 KS/ cm Black PCS 2* Square section chain ABUS 10 KS/250 loop, security class/grade 3 Chain made of 10 mm hardened steel. Four-cornered steel for best cutting resistance. Yellow chromium plated for best possible anti-corrosion. Corners protected by high-quality textile sheathing. With loop. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Chain 10 KS/250 Loop Marine 250 cm Black PCS 1 Lock chains/steel cables Steel cable Cobra 8/200 Covered with plastic. For locking bicycles, tools etc. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Steel cable Cobra 8/ cm 8 mm PCS 6* 1311

22 Locks Steel cable Cobra 10 Covered with plastic. For locking bicycles, tools etc. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Steel cable Cobra 10/ cm 10 mm PCS 3* Steel cable Cobra 12/120, 1850/185 Covered with plastic. For locking bicycles, tools etc. Art. no. Description Length Diameter Unit Pack Steel cable Cobra 12/ cm 12 mm PCS 6* Door closers Dorma Cam action door closer system Dorma TS93 TS93B TS93G. Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check double-interior doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with heartshaped cam, compression spring and back check. Delayed closing. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the door leaf on pull side/hinge side (B-house) and push side/frame side (G-house). The size of the door closer: 2-5 EN and 5-7 EN. Max door width: M 13 and M 17. Max door width fire door: M 13 and M 17. Max opening angle: 180. Function: The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable from 7-0. The back check adjustable from 70. Delayed closing between (standard). Can only be used with a sliding channel. Adjustable closing force. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS93B, EN 2-5 Contur Silver 275 x 60 x 53 mm PCS Door closer TS93B, EN 5-7 Contur Silver 285 x 71 x 62 mm PCS Door closer TS93G, EN 2-5 Contur Silver 275 x 60 x 53 mm PCS Door closer TS93G, EN 5-7 Contur Silver 285 x 71 x 62 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Slide channel G-N Contur Silver PCS Slide channel G-EMF Contur Silver PCS Slide channel G-EMR Contur Silver PCS Mounting backplate G-N Contur Silver PCS Mounting backplate G-N Contur Silver PCS Mounting backplate G-EMF Contur Silver PCS Mounting backplate G-EMR Contur Silver PCS Mounting backplate G-SR Contur Silver PAC Mounting backplate G-SR/BG Contur Silver PAC Slide channel GSR/VK (short) Contur Silver PCS Slide channel GSR/V (normal) Contur Silver PCS Slide channel GSR/VL (long) Contur Silver PCS Angle bracket G-N Contur Silver PCS Angle bracket G-EMF Contur Silver PCS Angle bracket G-SR/BG Contur Silver PCS 1 Slide channel Dorma G-N Standard model. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Slide channel G-N Contur Silver PCS 1 Slide channel Dorma G-EMF Application: For fire and smoke check interior doors. Features: Slide channel with electro-mechanical hold-open function and arm. Suits both right and left hand doors. Frame-mounted. Max opening angle: 130. Operating voltage 24 DC stabilized. Power input: 1,6W. Function: For door closers TS 93B and G. The slide channel assembly enables the door to be held open securely at a preselected position without fall-back. The electro-mechanical hold-open point can be adjusted between In the event of an alarm or a fault in the power supply, the hold-open is released and the door is closed by the door closer. The release is triggered by a signal from external smoke detectors (e.g. Dorma RMZ or Dorma RM). The release force for the hold-open mechanism can be adjusted without tools and is rated to ensure that the door can also be easily released manually. The slide channel assembly comprises the slide arm, slide channel, slide block, electro-mechanical hold-open unit, cover, fixing screws and end caps. It is transom-fixed and non-handed. The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable 7-0. The active leaf can be opened up to the maximum selected hold-open point (door stop to be positioned accordingly). Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Slide channel G-EMF Contur Silver 560 x 30 x 32 mm PCS

23 Slide channel Dorma G-EMR Application: For fire and smoke check interior doors. Features: Slide channel with electro-mechanical hold-open function and integral smoke detector and arm. Suits both right and left hand doors. Frame-mounted. Max opening angle: 130. Power supply: 230 VAC ±10%. Operating voltage (internal): 24 V DC (continuos current). Power: 3,6W. Function: For door closers TS 93B and G. With a TS 93 G-house can the channel only be used where the depth is max 26 mm. The slide channel assembly enables fire and smoke check doors to be held open securely at precisely the angle required, and monitored and controlled completely independently of the other systems. The electro-mechanical holdopen point can be adjusted between In the event of an alarm or a fault in the power supply, the hold-open is released and the door is closed by the door closer. The release force for the hold-open mechanism can be adjusted without tools and is rated to ensure that the door can also be easily released manually. The slide channel assembly comprises the slide arm, slide channel, slide block, electro-mechanical hold-open unit, smoke detector, power pack, cover, fixing screws and end caps. It is non-handed. Applied where a central smoke detector system is missing. The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable 7-0. The active leaf can be opened up to the maximum selected hold-open point (door stop to be positioned accordingly). G-EMR: The slide channel assembly enables fire and smoke check doors to be held open securely at precisely the angle required, and monitored and controlled completely independently of other systems. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Slide channel G-EMR Contur Silver 730 x 30 x 38 mm PCS 1 Locks Mounting backplate Dorma For installation on frame (or door) when direct fixing of slide channel is not possible. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxt Unit Pack Mounting backplate G-N Contur Silver 442 x 30 x 5 mm PCS Mounting backplate G-N Contur Silver 442 x 40 x 5 mm PCS Mounting backplate G-EMF Contur Silver 465 x 40 x 5 mm PCS Mounting backplate G-EMR Contur Silver 465 x 40 x 5 mm PCS Mounting backplate for TS90 Silver 338 x 25 x 5 mm PCS 1 Manual release switch HT Dorma The switch HT-UP for fire and smoke check doors recessed and Ö 8051, HT-AP surface mounted. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Manual release switch Ö PCS Manual release switch HT-UP PCS Manual release switch HT-AP PCS 1 Mounting backplate Dorma G-SR Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxt Unit Pack Mounting backplate G-SR Contur Silver 608 x 40 x 5 mm PAC Mounting backplate G-SR/BG Contur Silver 1155 x 40 x 5 mm PAC 1 Cover set slide channel Dorma G-GSR Not suitable for emergency exit doors which are opened at the inactive leaf. With head arms. Contur incl arms and cover set. Art. no. Description Colour Length Unit Pack Slide channel GSR/VK (short) Contur Silver mm PCS Slide channel GSR/V (normal) Contur Silver mm PCS Slide channel GSR/VL (long) Contur Silver mm PCS 1 Angle bracket Dorma Application: For interior doors och exterior doors. Features: Angle bracket. Suits both right and left hand doors. Frame-mounted. Function: Angle bracket for fixing the slide channels to door frames with a deep reveal larger than 26 mm.. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxt Unit Pack Angle bracket G93N Silver 465 x 25/25 x 5 mm PCS Angle bracket G-N Contur Silver 442 x 25/25 x 4 mm PCS Angle bracket G-EMF Contur Silver 465 x 35/25 x 4 mm PCS Angle bracket G-SR/BG Contur Silver 1155 x 35/25 x 4 mm PCS Angle bracket for TS90 Silver 338 x 32/25 x 4 mm PCS 1 Cushioned limit stay Dorma G-GSR Cushioned limit stay for retrofitting to the slide channel. Adjustable between 80 and max 120. The cushioned limit stay prevents the door from hitting the adjacent wall when opened normally. The cushioned limit stay is not a heavy-duty protective device and in many applications can not substitute for a door stop. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Cushioned limit stay GSR for narrow channel PCS

24 Locks Smoke detector Dorma RMZ/K Application: Frame mounted smoke detector with integral power supply unit. Application: Optical smoke sensor for frame fixing. Frame mounted. Input voltage: 230 V AC. Output voltage: 24 V DC. Total installed load (max.): 4,4 W. Indicators Alarm: red LED. Indicators Armed: green LED. Connection of other detectors. Function: Floating (no-volt) change-over contact and connection terminals for external manual release device. Scattered light principle (optical sensor). Reset Automatic. An external manual release device. Accessories: Bracket to TS 93 GSR-slide-channel. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Smoke detector RMZ/K Silver 336 x 30 x 50 mm PCS Smoke detector RM Contur Silver 195 x 53 x 52 mm PCS Smoke detector RMZ Contur Silver 336 x 30 x 50 mm PCS 1 Cam action door closer system Dorma TS92 Application: For interior doors, fire doors and smoke double-interior doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with heartshaped cam and compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the door leaf on pull side/ hinge side (B-house) and push side/frame side (G-house). The size of the door closer: 2-4 EN. Max door width: M12. Max opening angle: 180. Function: The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable from 7º- 0º. Adjustable closing force. Can only be used with a sliding channel. Arm system G-N. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS92B 2-4 Contur Silver 240 x 60 x 51 mm PCS Door closer TS92G 2-4 Contur Silver 240 x 60 x 51 mm PCS Door closer TS92B 2-4 Silver 240 x 60 x 51 mm PCS Door closer TS92B 2-4 Silver 240 x 60 x 51 mm PCS Screw package for door closer - PCS 1 Cam action door closer system Dorma TS90 Impulse Application: For interior doors, fire- and smoke interior doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with heartshaped cam and compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the door leaf on pull side/hinge side or push side/frame side. The size of the door closer: EN 3. Max door width: Standard doors < 950 mm. Max opening angle: Mounting on the pull side/hinge side is the door opening angle approx. 0. If using a cushioned limit stay the door opening angle is max 120, adjustable to 80. Mounting on the push side/frame side the door opening anglem is limited to approx. 95. It is recommended to install the cushioned limit stay or position a door stop. A door stop must be installed in the case of fire and smoke check doors. The cushioned limit stay is not an overload protection device and in many applications can not substitute for a door stop. Function: The closing speed is adjustable in two independent ranges at the valves indicated. Infinitely variable closing speed in the range Infinitely variable closing speed in the range The closing force is permanently set at EN 3. Incl. slide channel. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS90 EN 3 Impulse incl. slide channel Silver 246 x 57 x 46 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxt Unit Pack Mounting backplate for TS90 Silver 338 x 25 x 5 mm PCS Angle bracket for TS90 Silver 338 x 32/25 x 4 mm PCS Cushioned limit stay for TS PCS Hold-open unit for TS PCS 1 Cam action door closer system Dorma TS97 Application: For interior doors, fire- and smoke interior doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with heartshaped cam and compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf on pull side/hinge side. The size of the door closer: EN 2-4. Max door width:standard doors < 1100 mm. Max opening angle: 150. With integreted, cushioned limit stay max 120º, adjustable to 80º. Function: Infinitely adjustable closing speed in the range Infinitely adjustable latching action in the range 7-0. The closing force is adjustable between EN 2 and 4 by means of a screw. Incl. slide channel. Hold-open unit as accessories. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS97 EN 2-4 incl. slide channel Silver 325 x 49 x 37 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Unit Pack Hold-open unit for TS97 PCS 1 Hold-open unit Dorma G-N/RF, TS90, TS97 Hold-open unit G-N/RF for retrofitting to the slide channel. Max opening angle 150º TS92 and TS93. The hold-open function can be easily switched on and off by the user. Hold-open unit for TS90 max opening angle approx. 145º and for TS97 120º. Not for fire and smoke doors. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Hold-open unit G-N/RF PCS Hold-open unit TS90 PCS Hold-open unit TS97 PCS 1 Cushioned limit stay for slide channel Cushioned limit stay for fitting to the slide channel. Adjustable between 80 and max 120. The cushioned limit stay prevents the door from hitting the adjacent wall when opened normally. The cushioned limit stay is not a heavyduty protective device and in many applications can not substitute for a door stop. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Cushioned limit stay G-N/RF PCS Cushioned limit stay for TS90 PCS

25 Door closers Dorma TS83 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors and fire doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. The size of the door closer EN 2-6. Max door width M 15. Max door width fire door M 14. Max opening angle 180. Functions: Back check as standard. The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable 7-0. Adjustable closing force. TS83S with delayed closing. TS83 Superman: Application: For large exterior doors and fire doors. Features: The size of the door closer EN 7. Min door width fire door M 14. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS83 new model Silver 245 x 60 x 46 mm PCS 8* Door closer TS83 White 293 x 60 x 47,5 mm PCS 8* Door closer with delayed closing TS83S Silver 293 x 60 x 47,5 mm PCS 8* Door closer with delayed closing TS83S White 293 x 60 x 47,5 mm PCS 8* Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Arm system Standard 8350 Silver PCS 35* Arm system Standard 8350 White PCS 35* Arm system Standard CL-N Silver PCS 35* Arm system Standard CL-N White PCS 35* Arm system Standard 7350, undivided Silver PCS Hold-open arm 8352 White PCS 24* Hold-open arm CL-RF (8353) Silver PCS 24* Hold-open arm CL-RF (8353) White PCS 24* Angle bracket 8357 Brown PCS Angle bracket 8357 White PCS Angle bracket for new TS83 Silver PCS Drop plate bracket 8359 Brown PCS Drop plate bracket for new TS83 Silver PCS Mounting backplate for new TS83 Silver PCS Frame plate parallel arm installation 8382 Silver PCS 60* Screw package for door closer - PCS 1 Standard arm Dorma 8350 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors and fire doors. Features: Arm system without hold-open function. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. For door closers TS73, TS83, TS73EMF and TS73EMR. Function: The arm system contains of one main arm and one linkage rod. The linkage rod is extended to reach 180 opening angle when the door closer is frame installad for outward opening doors. The standard arm is used at normal frame depth. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Standard arm 8350 Silver PCS 35* Standard arm 8350 White PCS 35* Standard arm Dorma CL-N Application: For interior doors, exterior doors and fire doors. Features: Arm system without hold-open function. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. For door closers TS73, TS83, TS73 EMF and TS73 EMR. Functions: The arm system contains of one main arm and one linkage rod. The linkage rod is extended to reach 180 opening angle when the door closer is frame installad for outward opening doors. The standard arm is used at normal frame depth. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Standard arm CL-N Silver PCS 35* Standard arm CL-N White PCS 35* Standard arm 7350, indivisible Silver PCS 1 Hold-open arm Dorma CL-RF Application: For interior doors and exterior doors. Not for fire and smoke check doors. Features: Arm system with mechanic hold-open function. The hold-open function can be easily switched on and off by the user. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. For door closers TS73 and TS83. Function: The hold-open function can be easily switched on and off by the user by simply pressing a switch. The latching force adjustable. Max opening angle 150. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Hold-open arm CL-RF (8353) Silver PCS 24* Hold-open arm CL-RF (8353) White PCS 24* Hold-open arm 8352 (no switch off function) White PCS 24* Angle bracket Dorma 8357 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Mounting on push side/ frame side. For door closer TS83. Functions: Frame installation for outward opening doors with extra deep reveals. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Angle bracket 8357 Brown PCS Angle bracket 8357 White PCS Angle bracket for new TS83 Silver PCS 1 Locks 1315

26 Locks Drop plate bracket Dorma 8359 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Mounting on push side/ frame side. For door closer TS83. Functions: For installation on frame or door when direct fixing of closer in not possible. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Drop plate bracket 8359 Brown PCS Drop plate bracket for new TS83 Silver PCS 1 Mounting backplate Dorma 8380 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Mounting in the frame or door leaf. For door closer TS83. Functions: Is used at door leafs mounting on rebated doors or on thin frames as a fitting for the door closer. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Mounting backplate for new TS83 Silver PCS 1 Frame plate Dorma 8382 for parallel arm installation Application: For interior doors. Features: Mounting in the door leaf on push side/frame side. For door closers TS73 and TS83 (TS82). Functions: The parallel arm plate is used when the door close body will be mounted on the push side/frame side. The arm system should be placed parallel with the door leaf when the door is closed. Not for fire and smoke check doors, (recommendation TS 93 in the Soft-line series). Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Frame plate 8382 Silver PCS 60* Door closer Dorma TS73 TS73 Application: For interior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. The size of the door closer EN 2-4. Max door width M 12. Max door width fire door M 10. Max opening angle 180. Function: The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable 7-0. Adjustable closing force. TS73 EMF Application: For fire- and smoke interior doors. Features: A combination of hydraulic door closer and electro magnetic hold-open unit. In conjunction with a smoke detection system (e.g. Dorma RMZ-K/S), the TS 73 EMF can be used as a hold-open system for fire and smoke check doors. For montage in the door leaf is a distributor housing and a DIN-outlet included. For mounting in the door frame is a connection directly in the door closer available. The size of the door closer EN 5 or EN 6. Max door width EN 5 module 13. Max door width EN 6 module 14. Max opening angle 180. Return spring from max opening angle 3. Operating voltage 24 V DC stabilized. Power 2W. Applied together with a fire alarm system. The holdopen point can be adjusted between Applied at double doors montage with coordinator SR 390 or SR 392. TS73 EMR Application: For fire and smoke check interior doors. Features: An integrated system comprising hydraulic door closer, electro-magnetic hold-open unit, power supply unit and smoke detector. Possibility to connect an external smoke detector. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the door frame. For montage on pull side/ hinge side is a slide channel used. For montage on push side/frame side with a standard arm. The size of the door closer EN 5 or EN 6. Max door width EN 5 module 13. Max door width EN 6 module 14. Max opening angle 180. Return spring from max opening angle 3. Power supply: 220 V AC. Operating voltage: 24 V DC stabilized. Power 2,8W. Buildin trigger switcher. Not applied together with a fire alarm system. The hold-open point can be adjusted between Applied at double doors montage with TS73EMR Slave and coordinator SR390 or SR392. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS73 new model Silver 225 x 60 x 40 mm PCS 15* Door closer TS73 Brown 233 x 60 x 42,5 mm PCS 15* Door closer TS73 White 233 x 60 x 42,5 mm PCS 15* Door closer TS73 EMF, normal mounting Silver 320 x 60 x 45,5 mm PCS Door closer TS73 EMF, frame mounting Silver 320 x 60 x 45,5 mm PCS Door closer TS73 EMR, frame mount. push side Silver 600 x 65,5 x 52 mm PCS Door closer TS73 EMR, frame mount. pull side Slave Silver 600 x 65,5 x 52 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Arm system Standard CL-N Silver PCS 35* Arm system Standard CL-N White PCS 35* Arm system Standard 7350, indivisible Silver PCS Arm system Standard 8350 Silver PCS 35* Arm system Standard 8350 White PCS 35* Hold-open arm 8352 White PCS 24* Hold-open arm CL-RF (8353) Silver PCS 24* Hold-open arm 8353 White PCS 24* Arm system Standard 7350 Free-Swing Silver PCS Arm system Standard 7350 Free-Swing, with extended linkage rod Silver PCS Arm system Standard 7350/3 Free-Swing, with slide channel Silver PCS Angle bracket for new TS73 Silver PCS Drop plate bracket for new TS73 Silver PCS Mounting backplate for new TS73 Silver PCS Frame plate 8382, parallel arm installation Silver PCS 60* Frame plate 8365 Silver PCS Screw package for door closer - PCS 1 13

27 Standard arm Free-Swing Dorma 7350 for TS73EMF Application: For interior doors and fire and smoke check doors in senior citizen homes, homes for the disabled and hospitals etc. Features: Slide channel with a free-swing function integrated in the arm. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. Suits both right and left hand doors. For door closers TS73EMF and TS73EMR. Max opening angle 180. Functions: Equipped with a free-swing arm assembly, the Dorma TS 73 EMF and TS 73 EMR can also be employed where doors are required to operate normally - functioning in the same way as doors without a door closer. If the door leaf is opened wide (min. 75 ), the closer spindle is held in this position by the electromagnetic hold-open unit in the hydraulic closer body. However, the door can be freely operated by virtue of the free-swing function integrated in the arm. In the event of a fire or power failure, the door is reliably and securely closed automatically by the hydraulic door closer. Typical applications include fire and smoke check doors in senior citizen homes, homes for the disabled and hospitals etc. Note!: In the case of double doors, the free-swing function may only be used on the active leaf. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Free-Swing standard arm Silver PCS 1 Arm system Dorma 7350 for TS73EMF Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Arm system without holdopen function. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. For door closers TS73, TS83, TS73EMF and TS73EMR. Max depth: 80 mm. Max depth: 135 mm (extended arm system). Functions: The arm system contains of one main arm and one linkage rod. The linkage rod is extended to reach 180 opening angle when the door closer is frame installad for outward opening doors. The standard arm is used at normal frame depth. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Arm system with extended linkage rod Silver PCS 1 Arm system Dorma 7350/3 for TS73 Application: For interior doors and exterior doors. Features: A slide channel arm without hold-open function. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. Max opening angle: 180. Function: With slide channel can not the latching force receive. Montage with slide channels in the Classic line-series reduce the closing force with approx. 40%. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack /3 Arm system with slide channel Silver PCS 1 Locks Angle bracket Dorma 7357N for TS73EMF Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack N Angle bracket for TS73EMF Silver PCS 1 Mounting backplate Dorma 7380N for TS73EMF Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack N Mounting backplate for TS73EMF Silver PCS 1 Frame plate Dorma 8365 for TS73 For thin frames. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Frame plate Silver PCS 1 Door closer Dorma TS68 Application: For light interior doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with compression spring. The size of the door closer EN 2-4. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the door leaf. Max door width 1100 mm. Function: The closing force can be adjusted through moving the door closer on the door leaf. Closing and latching speed can be adjusted with valves. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS with standard arm Silver 220 x 54 x 45 mm PCS 14* Door closer TS with hold-open arm Silver 220 x 54 x 45 mm PCS 14* 1317

28 Locks Door closer Dorma TS74 Application: For standard-, fire and smoke check doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame or door leaf. The size of the door closer EN 3-6. Max door width M 15. Max door width fire door M 14. Max opening angle 180. Function: Back check from 70. The closing speed adjustable The latching force adjustable Adjustable closing force. Accessories: Standard arm AR. Mounting backplate BP74. Drop plate bracket DP74. Angle bracket AB74. Parallel arm bracket P86. Transition plate (TS" - TS7400) BP640C. Art. no. Description Colour Measure lxhxd Unit Pack Door closer TS74, EN 3-6 Silver 278 x 51 x 51 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Arm system Standard CL-N Silver PCS 35* Arm system 7350, indivisible Silver PCS Arm system Standard 8350 Silver PCS 35* Hold-open arm 8353 Silver PCS 24* Frame plate parallel arm installation 8382 Silver PCS 60* Angle bracket AB74 Silver PCS Drop plate bracket DP74 Silver PCS Mounting backplate BP74 Silver PCS Transition plate BP640C Silver PCS 1 Angle bracket Dorma AB74 Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack AB74 Angle bracket Silver PCS 1 Drop plate bracket Dorma DP74 Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack DP74 Drop plate bracket Silver PCS 1 Mounting backplate Dorma BP74 Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack BP74 Mounting backplate Silver PCS 1 Transition plate Dorma BP640C Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack BP640C Transition plate Silver PCS 1 Door closer Dorma ITS96 Application: For interior doors, exterior doors, fire and smoke check doors. Both for single- and double doors. Features: Hydraulic door closer with compression spring. Suits both right and left hand doors. The closer body and slide channel are so compact that they can be installed out of sight in doors and their frames. The size of the door closer 2-4 and 3-6 EN. Max door width: M 11 och M 14. Max door width fire door M 11 and M 14. Max opening angle 120. Function: The closing speed adjustable. The latching force adjustable. Adjustable closing force. Cushioned limit stay with mechanical damping for protection of wall and door. Art. no. Description Measure lxwxd Unit Pack Door closer ITS 96, EN x 32 x 45 mm PCS Door closer ITS 96, EN x 40 x 54 mm PCS 1 Accessories Art. no. Description Unit Pack Slide channel G96N, left door PCS Slide channel G96N, right door PCS Mounting backplate PAC 1 Slide channel Dorma G96N For door closers with shorter stub axel. Suits both right and left hand doors. Art. no. Description Unit Pack G96N Left PCS G96N Right PCS 1 Mounting backplate Dorma for ITS96 Mounting backplates for concealed cam-action door closer system ITS 96. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Mounting backplate 2 pcs PAC

29 Door coordinator Dorma SR390 Application: For fire and smoke check double-interior doors. Features: Suface door cordinator. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounting in the frame on pull side/hinge side. For all door closers in the Classic line-series and concealed montage-series. Standard: zinc coated. Function: Only for double doors. Stops mechanically the active door leaf from closing before the inactive door leaf on rebated double doors. The arms opening angle adjustable between Accessories: Follower MK396. Art. no. Description Length Application Unit Pack Door coordinator SR mm Galvanized PCS 1 Door coordinator Dorma SR392 Application: For fire and smoke check double-interior doors. Features: Concealed mounted surface door cordinator. Suits both right and left hand doors. Mounted in the overhead frame on push side/frame side. For all door closers in the Classic line-series and concealed montage-series. SR392/1 for door leaf over 800 mm. SR392/2 for door leaf under 800 mm. Function: Only for double doors. Stops mechanically the active door leaf from closing before the inactive door leaf on rebated double doors. Accessories: Follower MK396. Art. no. Description Measure lxh Application Unit Pack Door coordinator SR392/ x 20 mm Galvanized PCS Door coordinator SR392/2 650 x 20 mm Galvanized PCS 1 Locks Follower Dorma MK396 For 2-flying doors in combination with Dorma door coordinator. More information on request. Art. no. Description Measure lxh Application Unit Pack Follower MK x 25 mm Galvanized PCS 1 Panic hardware Dorma PHB 3104, PHB 3105 Application: For public premises, community centres, restaurants, sports halls, cinemas, dance premises, schools, shops, hospitals etc. Used for single doors, the active door at double doors and also for the inactive door at double doors. Features: Meets the requirements of EN 1125 for panic hardware. CE approved as evacuation product. Designed panic hardware in painted aluminium with chassis in steel. Elective length between 330 (430 with micro) mmphb 3104 for door widths up to 1000 mm. PHB 3105 for door widths up to 1300 mm. For fire and smoke check doors. The same product for modular- and narrow profile doors as well as for the inactive door leaf. Pullman latch. Three-point locking is possible on single doors. For surface mounting on the inside of the door. Regardless of right or left. With security anti-thrust latch. Strike plate of steel. Function: More information on request. Can be complemented with external handle, also with a lockable handle see PHT. Suitable in narrow profile doors. Can be complemented with a micro switch for alarm device. As standard is a mechanical hold-open function included. Note! The hold-open function dismounts easy when used on fire and smoke check doors. Art. no. Description Door width Colour Unit Pack Panic hardware PHB mm Silver PCS Panic hardware PHB mm Silver PCS 1 Top and bottom lock combination Dorma PHB 3202 Top and bottom lock combination for inactive door leaf or for not rebated doors and at three-point locking. Features: Cover of lacquered aluminium with chassis of steel. For fire and smoke check doors. With security anti-thrust latch. Suitable in narrow profile doors. Strike plate of steel. Function: The bolt latches are unlocked when using the panic hardware. The Pullman latches provides minimum friction. Applied together with the connecting rod set PHB 3203 alternative PHB Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Top and bottom lock combination PHB 3202 Silver PCS 1 Connecting rod set with cover Dorma PHB 3203, PHB 3204 Application: Connecting rod set with cover, applied together with top and bottom lock PHB Features: Connecting rod set and cover in lacquered aluminium. The protecting cover prevents manupulation, more information on request. PHB 3203 Connecting rod set with cover for door heights up to 2265 mm. PHB 3204 Connecting rod set with cover for door heights up to 3200 mm. Function: Connect the panic hardware PHB 3104 / PHB 3105 with the top and bottom lock PHB Cover for the Pullman latches in panic hardware is included in the package. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Connecting rod set with cover PHB 3203 Silver PCS Connecting rod set with cover PHB 3204 Silver PCS 1 External fitting Dorma PHT 3903 Application: External fitting for panic hardware PHB 3104 / PHB Features: OGRO-designed lever handle in lacquered aluminium with bottom plate and fixing bolts of steel. Turnable left / right. For standard doors with a door leaf thickness up to 60 mm, non-lockable (see PHT S 105). With handle spindle. Function: The lever handle is always active = from outside unlocked door. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack External fitting PHT 3903 Silver PCS

30 Locks External fitting lockable Dorma PHT 3905 Application: Lockable external fitting for panic hardware PHB 3104 / PHB Features: OGRO-designed lockable lever handle in lacquered aluminium with bottom plate and fixing bolts of steel. For fire and smoke check doors together with PHT Seal set. Prepared for Europrofile single cylinder. Turnable left / right. Max. door leaf thickness 60 mm (see PHT S 105). With handle spindle and 2 cylinder fixing bolts. Function: 360 key turning lock / unlocked. The lever handle is declutched in closed position. Accessories: Fire insulation for PHT Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack External fitting PHT Silver PCS Fire insulation PCS 1 External fitting Dorma PHT 3904 C Application: External fitting for Swedish oval cylinder for panic hardware PHB 3104 / PHB Features: OGROdesigned fitting in lacquered aluminium with bottom plate and fixing bolts of steel. For Swedish oval cylinder. Turnable left / right. For standard doors with a door leaf thickness up to 60 mm, non-lockable (see PHT S 105 C). With handle spindle. Function: The panic hardware opens with a key. Always locked when the key is not in the cylinder. Pull knob for door opening. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Fitting, external PHT 3904 C Silver PCS 1 Followers, extended Dorma S 105 C Application: Extended followers for door leaf thickness from 60 to 105 mm. Applied together with PHT 3904 C. For Swedish oval cylinder. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Followers, extended S 105 C PCS 1 Handle spindle, extended Dorma PHT S 105 Application: Extended handle spindle, 8 mm square, incl. fixings for door leaf thickness from 60 to 105 mm. Applied together with PHT 3903 / PHT Art. no. Description Unit Pack Handle spindle, external PHT S 105 PCS 1 Micro switcher Dorma PHB Application: Micro switch function for alarm system or activation for example for door automatics alternative regain function. Suitable for PHB 3104 / PHB Features: Potential free switching. Contact rating: max 48 V DC, 3 A. Function: The micro switcher will switch immediatly when the pushbar is pressed in. The micro switcher can be installed later in the panic hardware. The smallest length on the panic hardware with a micro switcher is 400 mm. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Micro switcher PHB PCS 1 Door closers Door closer device ASSA 1200 Application: For doors in schools, hospitals, hotels, offices and public buildings. Features: For installation with catch hook 801, 804 and 806. Can be installed horizontally or vertically. Holding power 40 N. Function: Closes the door softly and effectively. Adjustable closing speed with valve screw. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Door closer device 1200 Nickel plated PCS Rubber roll, incl. shaft - PCS 1 Door closer device ASSA 1500 Area of use: For doors in schools, hospitals, hotels, offices and public buildings. Application: Approved for fire doors E30/EI30 and TG 0104/00. Replaces latch bolt locks. For installations with catch hook 801, 804 and 806. Can be mounted horizontally or vertically. Finish: nicked-plated. Holding power 60 N. Funktion: Closes the door softly and effectively. Adjustable closing speed with valve screw. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Door closer device 1500 Nickel PCS

31 Door closer device ASSA 3000 Area of use: For elevator doors. Application: The catch hook is built-in in the door frame by the door manufacturer. Finish: grey lacquered. Holding power 40 N. Function: Closes the door softly and effectively. Adjustable closing speed with valve screw. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Door closer device 3000 Grey lacquered PCS 1 Catch hook ASSA 801 Application: For horizontally mounted door closing devices. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Catch hook 801 Bright nickel plated PCS 10* Locks Catch hook ASSA 804 Application: Designed for mounting when the frame depth exceeds the door leaf depth. Level difference 3-18 mm = with distance. Level difference mm = without distance. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Catch hook 804 Bright nickel plated PCS 10* Catch hook ASSA 806 Application: Designed for plan mounting and for door frame up to 3 mm. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Catch hook 806 Bright nickel plated PCS 10* Angle plate ASSA 802 Application: For horizontal mounting on the push side/frame side. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Angle plate 802 Bright nickel plated PCS 10* Door closer device Aditech Z-SW 2000 Mainly for hospitals, nursing home and schools, but also for storage, industries e.g. Adjustable closing speed. Art. no. Description Application Closing force Unit Pack Door closer device Z-SW 2000 Silver-grey 40N PCS Door closer device Z-SW 2000 Nickel plated 40N PCS 1 Catch hook Aditech Suitable for model Z, Z-SW and H. Can be complemented with a distance bracket. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Catch hook Aditech Silver-grey PCS Catch hook Aditech Nickel plated PCS Distance bracket PCS 1 Spiral door closers Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application The doors weight Length Screw measure Unit Pack Spiral door closers Zinc coated approx. 60 kg 280 mm 4,0x25 mm PAC Spiral door closers Zinc coated approx. 40 kg 200 mm 4,0x25 mm PAC

32 Locks Door fittings Friction door holders Fix 328, 328A Used for storage room doors and lighter internal doors. Friction plate of acetal plastic. Other parts of galvanized steel. 328, for outward-opening doors. 328A, for inward-opening doors. Holds the door with friction in desired open position. The friction force can be adjusted using the adjustment nut. The restrictor arm can be loosened from the frame fixture on Fix 328, and from the door fixture on Fix 328A, respectively. Fits both right and left. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Length collapsible Unit Pack Friction door holder mm PCS Friction door holder 328 DIY 265 mm PCS 5* Friction door holder 328A 265 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 328 PP 265 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder Fix 523T, 533T Used for external doors, glazed doors, storage room doors, etc. Frame and door fixtures of varnished steel with cover plate of acetal plastic. Varnished steel telescopic tube with joint head of acetal plastic. Friction adjuster of acetal plastic. Stainless steel rod with joint head of acetal plastic. 523T for outward-opening doors. 533T for inward-opening doors (*the door leaf width). Holds the door with friction in desired open position. Prevents the door from blowing closed and reduces the risk of jam injuries. The friction can be adjusted with the friction adjuster. Fits both right and left. Opening angle c:a 95. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Width Measure A Measure B Unit Pack Friction door holder 523T/1 White mm 130 mm 380 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/1 Grey mm 130 mm 380 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/2 White mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/2 Grey mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/2 DIY Grey mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 5* Friction door holder 523T/2 DIY White mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 5* Friction door holder 523T/2 DIY Brown mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 5* Friction door holder 523T/2 PP Brown mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/2 PP Grey mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 523T/2 PP White mm 210 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 533T/1 White * mm 190 mm 380 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 533T/2 Grey * mm 275 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Friction door holder 533T/2 White * mm 275 mm 480 mm PCS 10* Door holder Fix 440 Used for holding doors in a fully open position. The door fixture is pressed into the holder in open position to keep the door in this position. When pulling the door, the holder releases the door fixture. Holder of grey age-resistent rubber. Door fixture of acetal plastic. The holder is mounted on the wall, the door fixture on the door. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Length holder Length door fixture Colour Unit Pack Door holder mm mm Grey PCS Door holder 440 DIY 60 mm mm Grey PCS 3* Door holder 440 PP 60 mm mm Grey PCS 20* Door holder Fix 520 Used for outward-opening glazed doors. The door is fixed in the desired open position with the adjusting screw. The stop spring works as a shock absorber and thereby reduces wear on door and hinges. Fits both right and left. Rod of anodized aluminium. Brass adjusting screw with polyamide head. Pin of galvanized brass. Stop spring of galvanized spring steel. Other parts of acetal plastic. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Length Unit Pack Door holder 520 White 408 mm PCS Door holder 520 DIY White 408 mm PCS 5* Door holder 520 Brown 408 mm PCS 20* Door holder 520 PP White 408 mm PCS 20* Door holder 520 PP Brown 408 mm PCS 20* Door holder Dorma 350, 360 Modern design. Concealed fastening. The travel is big. Springloaded holder. Easy and fast assembling. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Length Unit Pack Door holder 350 Steel silverpainted 105 mm 29 mm 35 mm PCS Door holder 360 Steel silverpainted 147 mm 29 mm 55 mm PCS

33 Door holder Fix 270 Used for keeping doors in a fully open position, approx. 90 degrees. Max door weight 125 kg. Fits both right- and lefthung door (decided when mounting). In fully open position (approx. 90 degrees), the catch automatically falls into a locking position and keeps the door in position. When the door is pushed further towards the open position, the catch is released so the door can be closed. The stop spring also works as a shock absorber and thereby reduces wear on door and hinges. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Door width Unit Pack Door holder 270 PP Galvanized mm PCS 5* Door holder Fix 271 Used for keeping doors in a fully open position, approx. 90 degrees. Max door weight 125 kg. For right- and left-hung door. In fully open position (approx. 90 degrees), the catch automatically falls into a locking position and keeps the door in position. When the door is pushed further towards the open position, the catch is released so the door can be closed. The stop spring also works as a shock absorber and thereby reduces wear on door and hinges. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Type Door width Unit Pack Door holder 271 PP Galvanized Right mm PCS 5* Door holder 271 PP Galvanized Left mm PCS 5* Door holder Fix 580 Used for holding larger or heavier side-hung doors in a fully open position. In fully open position (approx. 90 degrees), the catch automatically falls into a locking position and keeps the door in position. When the door is pushed further towards the open position, the catch is released so the door can be closed. The stop spring also works as a shock absorber and thereby reduces wear on door and hinges. Fits both right and left. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Door holder 580 Galvanized 1320 mm PCS 2 Locks Bolt Fix 575 Used on side-hung doors, which are operated from the outside, inside or both. Two point locking which can be supplemented with one or more side bolts, Fix 244. Fits both right and left versions, by moving the stop link of the lock housing. The stop link limits the handle movement between open and closed positions. Travel is 28 mm for each bolt bar. Fix 575 is prepared for locking from the inside with a pushbutton cylinder, Fix Rower and handle bearing of zinc-aluminium. Other parts of galvanized steel. Lock housing, bolt bars, 13 mm square, bar guides. Note! The handle is not included. Accessories: Outer handle 1710, of zamak, powder painted grey. Inner handle 2858 made of galvanized steel. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Bolt lock housing PCS Handle 1710, grey - PCS Handle PCS Upper bar mm PCS Upper bar mm PCS Upper bar mm PCS Lower bar mm PCS Bolt 575, lock housing and bars 2075 mm PCS Bolt 575, lock housing and bars 2475 mm PCS Bolt 575, lock housing and bars 2975 mm PCS 1 Bolt Fix 560/19 Used for side-hung doors, which are operated from the inside only. Two point locking. Fits both right and left versions by moving the stop link of the lock housing. The stop link limits the handle movement between open and closed positions. Travel is 39 mm for each bolt bar. Brass handle bearing. Lockable handle of zamak, powder painted black, and with plate of black acetal plastic. Other parts of galvanized steel. Lock housing, bolt bars, 19 mm square, bar guides. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bolt lock housing 560/19 - PCS Bolt lock housing 560L/19, lockable Black - PCS Bolt 560/19, complete 3500 mm PCS Upper bar Galvanized 2361 mm PCS Lower bar Galvanized 1061 mm PCS Bolt 560/19, complete 3500 mm PCS

34 Locks Outer handle 664 Inner lock housing Bolt Fix Used for side-hung doors, which are operated from the inside only. Two point locking. Fits both right and left versions by moving the stop link of the lock housing. The stop link limits the handle movement between open and closed positions. Travel is 28 mm for each bolt bar. Is prepared for locking from the inside with a pushbutton cylinder, Fix Can also be used as panic bolt. In this case, the lock housing is mounted without stop link with the handle pointing up in closed position. Suitable handle height is 00 mm. Brass handle bearing. Other parts of galvanized steel. Lock housing, bolt bars, 13 mm square, bar guides, lockable handle. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bolt lock housing 560/13 - PCS Bolt 560/13, complete 2075 mm PCS Bolt 560/13, complete 2475 mm PCS Bolt 560/13, complete 2975 mm PCS Upper bar Galvanized 939 mm PCS Upper bar Galvanized 1339 mm PCS Upper bar Galvanized 1839 mm PCS Lower bar Galvanized 1064 mm PCS 1 Bolt Fix 280 Used on side-hung doors, which are operated from both sides and lockable from the outside, or from both sides. With the turn catch in vertical position, the bolt locks automatically when closing. Unlocking is done: from the outside with a key, from the inside by turning the turn catch to a horizontal position. Two point closing, which can be supplemented with one or more side bolts Fix 244. The handle has marked stop positions for both open and closed. The bolt is lockable with oval cylinder of standard type. Travel is 28 mm for each bolt bar. Inner handle and turn catch of zamak. Cover of varnished aluminium. Rower of zinc-aluminium. Outer handle of chrome plated brass. Other parts of galvanized steel. Inner lock housing, outer handle, bolt bars, 13 mm square, bar guides, handle pin, cylinder shackle with screw, screw for outer handle. Outer handle 664 supplied without cylinder. Upper bar end bevelled and bent 7 mm. Lower bar end is turned and bent 7 mm. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc Art. no. Description Length Type Cylinder Unit Pack Bolt 280, complete 2100 mm Right - PCS Bolt 280, complete 2500 mm Right - PCS Bolt 280, complete 3000 mm Right - PCS Bolt lock housing Right Oval PCS Bolt lock housing Left Oval PCS Bolt 280, complete 2100 mm Left - PCS Bolt 280, complete 2500 mm Left - PCS Bolt 280, complete 3000 mm Left - PCS Outer handle For oval cylinder PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Lower bar mm - - PCS

35 Panic bolt Fix 285 Used for outward-opening, side-hung doors to premises where quick evacuation may be necessary. The bolt can always be opened from the inside, even when it is locked from the outside. When closed, the inner handle is to be horizontal. For emergency evacuation, the handle is pressed down. The handle has a length, which enables manipulation with knee or elbow, for example. Two point closing, which can be supplemented with one or more side bolts Fix 244. The handle has marked stop positions for both open and closed. The bolt is lockable with oval cylinder of standard type. Travel is 28 mm for each bolt bar. Cover and inner handle of aluminium. Rower of zinc-aluminium. Outer handle of chrome plated brass. Other parts of galvanized steel. Inner lock housing, inner handle, outer handle, bolt bars, 13 mm square, bar guides, handle pin, cylinder shackle with screw, screw for outer handle. Outer handle 664 supplied without cylinder. Upper bar end bevelled and bent 7 mm. Lower bar end is turned and bent 7 mm. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 st , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc pc , 1 pc , 1 pc Locks Art. no. Description Length Type Cylinder Unit Pack Bolt lock housing Right Oval PCS Bolt lock housing Left Oval PCS Bolt 285, complete 2100 mm Right - PCS Bolt 285, complete 2500 mm Right - PCS Bolt 285, complete 3000 mm Right - PCS Bolt 285, complete 2100 mm Left - PCS Bolt 285, complete 2500 mm Left - PCS Bolt 285, complete 3000 mm Left - PCS Outer handle For oval cylinder PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Upper bar mm - - PCS Lower bar mm - - PCS 1 Side bolt Fix 244 For bolt with 13 mm square rods, Fix 280, 285, 560/13, 575. Coupled to hole 7.3 mm in the bolt bar and can have optional position. Travel 17 mm. Brass bolt. Other parts of galvanized steel. Bar guide Fix 354/13, 2 pcs. included. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Side bolt 244 PCS 1 Bolt Fix 700 Used for overhead garage doors (up and over). Lockable with cylinder from the outside. Locked manually with key. The spring-operated end bolts snap in behind the frame connection iron and provides two point locking. The key can be taken out in both unlocked and locked positions. From the inside, the bolt can always be opened with the lock housing manipulation arm. The bolt length can be adjusted by turning the end bolt pulling rod. Travel is 18 mm for each bolt. Outer handle of zamak with powder painted grip and plate with cover of acetal plastic. End bolt of zamak. Rod guide of acetal plastic. Other parts of galvanized steel. Lock housing with manipulation arm, pull handle, bolt rod 12 x 3,5 mm square, rod guides, spring-operated end bolts, outer handle. Accessories: Oval cylinder, standard type. Cover plates Fix 1125/1126. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 2 pcs Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Bolt lock housing PCS Bolt 700, complete 2600 mm PCS Bar mm PCS 1 Outer handle Fix 1100, 1105 Outer handle for bolts Fix 700 and Locked manually Locked automatically. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Fits for bolt Colour Unit Pack Outer handle Black PCS Outer handle Black PCS Outer handle 1100 PP 700 Black PCS 10* Outer handle 1105 PP 705 Black PCS 10* 1325

36 Locks Espagnolette Fix 550 Used on inside of cupboard doors and hatches of wood or steel. Three-point closing with one single turn. Right and left is decided by the two stop pins, which are fixed diagonally with the cover screws.the travel is 15 mm for each rod and mm for the side bolt. Rower and stop pin of zamak. Other parts of galvanized steel. Bottom plate with rower, side bolt, stop pin, lock linkage and cover, locking rods 4 x 8 mm with chamfered end, rod guides (2 pcs Fix 4068 included). PP=Prepacked. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Lock housing 550 PP - PCS 20* Espagnolette 550, lock housing and bars 1000 mm PCS Espagnolette 550, lock housing and bars 1500 mm PCS Espagnolette 550, lock housing and bars 2000 mm PCS Espagnolette 550, lock housing and bars 2500 mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS 1 Espagnolette Fix 590 Used on inside of cupboard doors and hatches of wood or steel. Three-point closing with one single turn. Fits both right and left by rotating the stop linkage and side bolt. Travel is mm for each lock rod and the side bolt. Rower of zincaluminium alloy. Rod guide Fix 3952 of white acetal plastic. Other parts of galvanized steel. Lock housing with rower, linkages, stop linkage and bottom plate, locking rods 8 x 9 mm, rod guides (2 pcs Fix 3952 included). PP=Prepacked. Technical specification Art. no. Contents pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs pc , 2 pcs Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Lock housing 590 PP - PCS Espagnolette 590, lock housing and bars 1000 mm PCS Espagnolette 590, lock housing and bars 1500 mm PCS Espagnolette 590, lock housing and bars 2000 mm PCS Espagnolette 590, lock housing and bars 2500 mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS Bar mm PCS Strike plate 3938, galvanized steel 40 mm PCS Handle 994 PP 80 mm PCS 10* Inner handle Fix 994 Handle for outside espagnolettes. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Length Stroke Unit Pack Inner handle 994 PP 80 mm 48 mm PCS 10* Strike plate Fix 3938 Strike plate for outside espagnolettes. Made of galvanized steel. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Strike plate 3938 PCS 1 Pushbutton cylinder Fix 2940 For locking of espagnolette Fix 550 and 590, and bolt Fix 560/13 and 575. Locking is done when the espagnolette is closed and the cylinder is pushed in. The cylinder pin catches when the espagnolette lock closes. When the key is turned, the cylinder automatically springs out and opens the lock. The key can be taken out when unlocked. Cylinder of nickel plated brass. Casing of chrome plated zamak. Key of nickel plated steel. Lock cylinder with discs. Mounted into a casing. In storage with lock no Key Fix 5524 (2 pcs. included). Art. no. Description Locking Unit Pack Pushbutton cylinder PCS

37 Turn catch Fix 4428 For window sash with a single sash. Made of zamak. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Spindle length Unit Pack Turn catch 4428 Bright chrome 25 mm PCS Turn catch 4428 PP Bright chrome 52 mm PCS 10* Fixing plate Fix 4059 Support for the inside cylinder. Mounting in recess in inner sash half. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Measure Unit Pack Fixing plate 4059 PP Galvanized steel 43x28 mm PAC 10* Fixing plate 4059 Galvanized steel 43x28 mm PCS 1 Locks Cover plate Fix 4087 For window door with a single sash. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Depth Unit Pack Cover plate 4087 PP Chrome plated 23 mm PCS 10* Cover plate 4087 Chrome plated 23 mm PCS 10* Hinge-side safety pin Fix 1440 Made of galvanized steel. Used for increasing the protection against forced entry on the hinge side of an existing door when pin-holding hinges, rear edge fittings or other devices cannot be used. To be screwed into the outside frame or the sash through a drilled hole in one half of the hinge. When the door is closed, the pin goes into a drilled hole in the other half of the hinge. This makes it more difficult to lift the door off or break it open on the hinge side. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Hole diam. Length Unit Pack Hinge-side safety pin 1440 Galvanized 7 mm 50 mm PCS 1 Balcony door holder Menova 1101 Telescopic. Variable open position between Holds the door with friction in desired open position. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Balcony door holder 1101 Grey mm PCS 10* Door holder for garage Grunda 212 Made of mm iron. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Door holder for garage 212 Galvanized 980 mm PAI 1 Door holder for garage 200 Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length Mounting Screw Contents Unit Pack plate measure Door holder for garage 200 Galvanized 350 mm 94x39 mm 4,0x39 mm 2 pcs PAC 6 Door stop/holder 250 For floor made of wood and stone. With hook and loop. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Door holder 250 Satin nickel plated brass 45 mm PCS 12* Door holder 250 Satin nickel plated brass 70 mm PCS 12* Door stop 252 For floor made of wood and stone. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Door stop 252 Satin nickel plated brass 45 mm PCS 25* Door stop 252 Satin nickel plated brass 70 mm PCS 12* 1327

38 Locks Door stop/floor Beslag Design 3045, 3065 Black knob of rubber. Art. no. Description Application Height Diam. Unit Pack Door stop 3045 Stainless steel 45 mm 37 mm PCS Door stop 3065 Stainless steel 65 mm 37 mm PCS 1 Door stop/wall Beslag Design 3180 Black knob of rubber. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. Unit Pack Door stop 3180 Stainless steel 80 mm mm PCS 1 Door stop Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Pipe diam. Mounting plate Unit Pack Door stop 7470 DIY Nickel plated 110 mm 13 mm 43 mm PAC 5 Door stop Beslagsboden B140 Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Door stop B140 Bright polished brass 75 mm PCS 5* Door stop BK140 Chrome plated brass 75 mm PCS 5* Door stop BK140M Satin brushed chrome 75 mm PCS 5* Door stop/holder Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure diameter x height Contents Unit Pack Door stop DIY Rubber Grey 8x mm 4 pcs PAC Door stop DIY Rubber Grey 10x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Door stop DIY Rubber Grey 12x24 mm 4 pcs PAC Door stop Rubber Grey 10x20 mm 40 pcs PAC 5* Door stop Incl. screw. Conical door holder. Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure diameter x height Unit Pack Door stop Rubber Grey 30x30 mm PAC Door stop Rubber Grey 40x40 mm PAC Door stop Rubber Grey 40x50 mm PAC Door stop Rubber Grey 40x65 mm PAC Door stop Rubber White 33x30 mm PAC Door stop Rubber White 36x40 mm PAC Door stop Rubber White 36x50 mm PAC Door stop Rubber White 37x65 mm PAC Door stop Rubber Grey 30x30 mm PCS Door stop Rubber Grey 40x40 mm PCS Door stop Rubber Grey 40x50 mm PCS Door stop Rubber Grey 40x65 mm PCS 25 Door stop/holder 255, 255/256 Robust. For floor made of stone in apartment building, schools etc. With build-in spring. Can also be mounted on floor made of wood. For indoor- and outdoor usage. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Door holder 255/256 DIY Satin nickel plated brass 82 mm PAC 5 Door stop/holder 264 For heavier doors for example in shops, hospital, factories etc. Complete with loop and hook. The mounting plates length 80 mm, hole 10 mm c/c 50 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Door holder 264 DIY Satin nickel plated brass 60 mm PAC 5 Door stop/holder 265 For heavier doors for example in shops, hospital, factories etc. The mounting plates length 80 mm, hole 10 mm c/c 50 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Door stop 265 DIY Satin nickel plated brass 60 mm PAC

39 Door wedge Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure lxw Unit Pack Door wedge Rubber Grey 110x30 mm PAC 10 Door wedge Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure lxw Unit Pack Door wedge Plastic Grey 195x30 mm PAC 6 Handle buffer 10 Prevent the lever handle to damage the wall. Art. no. Description Application Colour Hole diam. Contents Unit Pack Handle buffer 10 Rubber Grey 13 mm 3 pcs PAC Handle buffer 10 Rubber Grey 13 mm PCS 100 Locks Handle buffer Made of soft plastic. Prevent the lever handle to damage the wall. Art. no. Description Application Colour Hole diam. Contents Unit Pack Handle buffer Plastic Transparent 13 mm 3 pcs PAC 10 Door eye ABUS 20, 2200 For door thickness mm. The extensions extend the door eye with appr. 10 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Wide angle lens Unit Pack Door eye 20 Chrome plated 15 mm 0 PCS 6* Door eye 2200 Chrome plated 28 mm 200 PCS 6* Extensions, 20 Chrome plated - - PCS Extensions, 2200 Chrome plated - - PCS 6 Door eye 1203 Adjustable for door thickness mm. Cover lid on the inside. Lens made of glas. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Wide angle lens Unit Pack Door eye Chrome plated 14 mm 200 PAC 6 Door eye A large door eye with lenses made of glas. Easy to see through, prescription spectacles can be worn. Adjustable for door thickness mm. Large lens, 24 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Wide angle lens Unit Pack Door eye 24 Chrome plated 24 mm 200 PAC 6 Door bell ATE A mechanical door bell for mounting in doors for apartments, offices etc. Bar for door thickness mm. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Door bell ATE Chrome plated PCS 10* Door bell Beslagsboden B110, B111, B112 Complete with screws. Art. no. Description Application Measure Unit Pack Door bell B112 Brown oxidized brass 29x65 mm PCS 5* Door bell B110 Bright polished brass 29x65 mm PCS 5* Door bell B110M Satin brushed brass 29x65 mm PCS 5* Door bell B111KM Satin brushed chrome 29x65 mm PCS 5* Door bell Beslag Design 2900, 2901 Art. no. Description Type Measure Application Unit Pack Door bell 2901 Oval 62 x 32 x 7mm Stainless steel PCS Door bell 2900 Round Ø 52 mm tj 7 mm Stainless steel PCS

40 Locks Decorative fittings Oden Die-cast metal, black satin lacquered with traditional structure. All details are rust-protected. Complete with screw. Art. no. Description Length Height Unit Pack Decorative fitting 3003 Inner door 410 mm 270 mm PAI 5* Decorative fitting 3004 for windows 325 mm 240 mm PAI 5* Decorative fitting 3005 for windows 270 mm 170 mm PAI 10* Door chain ABUS SK 69 Welded steel chain. For inward-opening doors. Art. no. Description Application Measure rail lxw Measure holder lxw Unit Pack Door chain SK 69 Nickel plated 100x23 mm 53x23 mm PCS 3* Door block LB 1000 For outward-opening doors. Assembled with wood screws. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Door block LB 1000 Nickel 127 mm PCS 5* Door block Menova 1821 Door block for outer doors and ventilation stay for balcony doors. Locks the door in a open position and strengthen the lock in closed position. Can only be opening from the inside. Replaces all types of door chains. For outward-opening doors. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Door block 1821 Nickel plated 110 mm 54 mm PCS 10* Sliding wardrobe door fittings Henderson Double Top for top hung sliding wardrobe doors For built-in furniture, wardrobes, cupboards, etc in commercial applications such as hotels, hospitals and offices. Order an extra fitting pack if you want further doors in the opening. The fitting pack contains hangers, guide, stop and screw. Double Top Standard Set contents: Complete fitting incl. top track, hangers, door stop, guide, screw and fitting instuctions. Door specification: Max door width 900 mm, door thickness -35 mm, max door weight 45 kg. Guide 24/25 for Double Top is included as standard. White nylon. Adjustable for any door thickness, no need to groove the doors. Art. no. Description Type Length Number of doors Unit Pack Sliding wardrobe door fitting Double Top 12 W 1200 mm 2 PCS Sliding wardrobe door fitting Double Top 18 W 1800 mm 2 PCS Sliding wardrobe door fitting Double Top 24 W 2400 mm 3 PCS Fitting pack 1-door 1 W PCS 1 Henderson Single Top for top hung sliding wardrobe doors For built-in furniture, i.e. wardrobes and cupboards in residential applications. Single Top Standard Set contents: Complete fitting incl. top track, hangers, door stop, guide, screw and fitting instuctions. Door specification: Max door width 900 mm, door thickness -35 mm, max door weight 45 kg. Guide 24/24 for Single Top is included as standard. White nylon. Adjustable for any door thickness, no need to groove the doors. Art. no. Description Type Length Unit Pack Sliding wardrobe door fitting Single Top 15 pcs 1500 mm PCS Sliding wardrobe door fitting Single Top 18 pcs 1800 mm PCS 1 Track Henderson Husky for top hung sliding doors Suitable for interior top hung sliding doors. Ideal for residential, commercial or light industrial sliding doors. Suitable for use with timber doors of any design or metal doors lightly constructed of channel or angle framing and clad with choice of sheeting. The track can be attached in the wall or ceiling. Door specification: Max door height 2400 mm, door thickness mm, max door weight 50 resp. 100 kg. Bracket 281: Angle iron of pressed steel, zinc plated. Supplied with matching fasteners. When ordering: Track and fitting pack are ordered separately. Guide 102N is included as standard. Fitting pack H50 contains: 2 hangers, guide, door stops, screw and fitting instructions. Fitting pack H100 contains: 2 ball bearing hangers, guide, spanner, door stops, screw and fitting instructions. Art. no. Description Type Length/Door weight Unit Pack Sliding door Track Husky mm PCS Sliding door Track Husky mm PCS Fitting pack Husky H 50 max 50 kg PCS Fitting pack Husky H 100 max 100 kg PCS Bracket PCS

41 Sliding Door Rolls PN with stand Cast iron rolls with steel roll bearing. Mounted in a sturdy hot galvanized stand. Technical specification Model PN 2402 PN 2403 PN 2404 PN 2405 PN 2406 Length 245 mm 315 mm 400 mm 455 mm 500 mm Height 58 mm 76 mm 91 mm 112 mm 125 mm Stand 26x6,0 mm 30x6,0 mm 30x6,0 mm 40x8,0 mm 45x8,0 mm Roll 50 mm 60 mm 75 mm 90 mm 105 mm Score width 8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 11 mm 11 mm Screw measure 5,0 mm 5,5 mm 5,5 mm 5,5 mm 6,0 mm Carrying capacity 40 kg/pcs 60 kg/pcs 75 kg/pcs 125 kg/pcs 200 kg/pcs Art. no. Description Unit Pack PN 2402 PCS PN 2403 PCS PN 2404 PCS PN 2405 PCS PN 2406 PCS 1 Locks Sliding Door Handle Beslag Design Art. no. Description Application Diam, outer Diam, inner Unit Pack Stainless steel 80 mm 52 mm PCS 30* Window fittings Casement stays Fix 202, 220 Used for inward-opening windows with sash lipped over frame. Fits both right and left. For sash width less than 500 mm: Fix 202. For sash width over 500 mm: Fix 220. Desired opening position is fixed with the adjusting screw. Rod of anodized aluminium. Brass adjusting screw with polyamide head. Pin of galvanized brass. Other parts of acetal plastic in white. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Length Frame-width Unit Pack Casement stay 202 White 225 mm up to 500 mm PCS Casement stay 220 White 360 mm over 500 mm PCS Casement stay 220 PP White 360 mm over 500 mm PCS 20* Casement stay 220 PP Brown 360 mm over 500 mm PCS 20* Window stay restrictor Fix 203 Used for inward-opening windows with bottom-hung, lipped sash. Stops the sash in an open position decided by the position of the window stay restrictor. Fits both right and left. When tilting the sash past the stop position, such as for cleaning, the pin is pushed out of its snap-in position, which uncouples the rod from its fitting. Rod of anodized aluminium. Pin of galvanized brass. Other parts of acetal plastic in white. Art. no. Description Colour Length Unit Pack Window stay restrictor 203 White 225 mm PCS 20 Elbow fitting Fix 831 Used for inward-opening windows with bottom-hung sash. Fits both right and left. Stops the sash in an open position decided by the length and position of the elbow fitting. When tilting the sash past the stop position, e.g. for cleaning, the catch is pushed free, which uncouples the elbow fitting from the sash fixture. Stainless steel catch. Other parts of galvanized steel. Art. no. Description Standard lengths Milling measurements A Milling measurements B Unit Pack Elbow fitting mm 153 mm 150 mm PCS Elbow fitting mm 193 mm 190 mm PCS Elbow fitting mm 233 mm 230 mm PCS Elbow fitting mm 283 mm 280 mm PCS 1 Casement stays Fix 225, 230 Used for outward-opening windows. Fits both right and left. For sash width less than 500 mm: Fix 225. For sash width over 500 mm: Fix 230. Desired opening position is fixed with the adjusting screw. Can also be used for keeping a separated sash open. Lift the rod pin, separate the rod from the rod fixture and hook it into the plate on the outer frame. Rod of anodized aluminium. Rod pin and adjusting screw of brass with polyamide head. Plate of galvanized steel. Other parts of acetal plastic in white. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Length Frame-width Unit Pack Casement stay 225 White 225 mm up to 500 mm PCS Casement stay 230 White 360 mm over 500 mm PCS Casement stay 230 DIY White 360 mm over 500 mm PCS 5* Casement stay 230 PP White 360 mm over 500 mm PCS 20* Casement stay 230 PP Brown 360 mm over 500 mm PCS 20* 1331

42 Locks 150S Right 150S Left Friction door holder and friction casement stay, child-safe Fix 150S Used for windows and glazed doors together with Fix espagnolette, which has transmission device. With fixed frame fixture. Operated with the espagnolette handle. With the handle in closed position, friction holds the sash in the desired airing position. To reduce wear on sash and hinges, the casement stay slips when overloaded. With the handle in open position, the sash can be moved freely. The friction increases with the opening angle. Max sash width 900 mm, min sash width 200 mm. Friction runner of zamak. Operating catch of chrome plated zamak. Plate Fix 4575 of acetal plastic. Other parts of galvanized steel. When opening at narrow airing positions (0-200 mm openings), supplement with ventilation stay Fix 85, 86 or 92, 93. * Fix 150/4 is also used for sash widths over 1100 mm, when the opening angle is limited to 60 or 45 degrees. Art. no. Type Sash width Axle length, max Box length Arm length Type Unit Pack S/ mm 807 mm 452 mm 450 mm Right PCS S/ mm 807 mm 452 mm 450 mm Left PCS S/ mm 657 mm 352 mm 280 mm Right PCS S/ mm 657 mm 352 mm 280 mm Left PCS / mm 286 mm 157 mm 100 mm Left PCS / mm 357 mm 202 mm 140 mm Right PCS / mm 357 mm 202 mm 140 mm Left PCS / mm 457 mm 252 mm 205 mm Right PCS / mm 457 mm 252 mm 205 mm Left PCS /3 730 mm 587 mm 352 mm 280 mm Right PCS /3 730 mm 587 mm 352 mm 280 mm Left PCS /4* 830 mm 537 mm 452 mm 450 mm Right PCS /4* 830 mm 537 mm 452 mm 450 mm Left PCS 1 Friction casement stays Fix 522, 532 Used for side-hung and top-hung windows. 522: For outward-opening windows. 532: For inward-opening windows. Holds the window with friction in desired open position. The friction force can be adjusted using the friction adjustment device. Fits both right and left. Frame and sash fixtures of varnished steel with cover plate of acetal plastic. Telescope tube of varnished steel with joint head of acetal plastic. Friction adjustment of acetal plastic. Stainless steel rod with joint head of acetal plastic. Colour, white. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Frame measure Opening angle A B Unit Pack Friction casement stay 522/2 PP 370 mm approx mm 262 mm PCS 10* Friction casement stay 532/1 270 mm approx mm 152 mm PCS 10* Friction casement stay 532/2 420 mm approx mm 262 mm PCS 10* Friction casement stay 532/2 DIY 420 mm approx mm 262 mm PCS 5* Friction casement stay 532/2 PP 420 mm approx mm 262 mm PCS 10* Casement stay Menova 1102, 1103, 1132, 1133 The holder is of a telescope Type, gives a variable opening position. For inward-opening and outward-opening windows. Finish: All details are rust-protected. Rod and cylinder of anodized aluminium, fittings of tough amid plastic can only be opened 10 cm and will be placed over the upper frame. Art. no. Description Colour Length telescope Unit Pack Casement stay 1102 Grey mm PCS 10* Casement stay 1103 Grey mm PCS 10* Casement stay 1132 White mm PCS 10* Casement stay 1133 White mm PCS 10* Ventilation stays ATEK 5, 6 For inward-opening and outward-opening, side-hung windows. Fits both right and left. Type 5 and 6 are constructed to give locking with a maximal airing position 100 mm. The fitting may be uncoupled if you wish to open the window complete. The operation comes back automatically when the window is closed. Made of acetal plastic. Art. no. Description Colour Type Unit Pack Ventilation stay ATEK 5 Grey Outward-opening PCS Ventilation stay ATEK 5 White Outward-opening PCS Ventilation stay ATEK 6 Grey Inward-opening PCS Ventilation stay ATEK 6 White Inward-opening PCS 100 Ventilation stay Art. no. Description Application Colour Type Unit Pack Ventilation stay Plastic White Inward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic White Outward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic Grey Inward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic Grey Outward-opening PAC 10 Ventilation stay Child-safe. Maximal airing position 100 mm. Art. no. Description Application Colour Type Unit Pack Ventilation stay Plastic Grey Inward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic Grey Outward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic White Inward-opening PAC Ventilation stay Plastic White Outward-opening PAC

43 Ventilation stays Fix 85, 86 Fix 85, for inward-opening windows with lipped over sash (also for outward-opening with frame depth less than 32 mm). Fix 86, for outward-opening windows. The sash is held in fixed airing positions as the rod and the teeth of the arm catch/frame fixture grip each other. Fits both right and left as the arm catch/frame fixture can be rotated. Acetal plastic. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Length Unit Pack Ventilation stay 85 White 148 mm PCS Ventilation stay 85 Brown 148 mm PCS Ventilation stay 86 White 148 mm PCS Ventilation stay 85/86 DIY Brown 148 mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay 85/86 DIY White 148 mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay 85/86 PP White 148 mm PCS 20* Ventilation stay 85/86 PP Brown 148 mm PCS 20* Ventilation stays Fix 92, 93 Type-approved, child-safe According to building regulations outlined by the Swedish National Board of Building, Planning and Housing, BBR94. Fix 93 for inward-opening windows. Fix 93 for outward-opening windows. The fitting has a fixed airing position, which automatically comes into operation when the window is opened. To close the window, push the arm to the side while moving the sash towards a closed position. For openings larger than 100 mm, the fitting can be freed by pushing the arm to the side when it is in a certain position. The operation comes back automatically when the window is closed. Fits both right and left. Frame/sash fixture and arm of acetal plastic. Mounted to make the opening gap max 100 mm. For the Fix 93 frame fixture, there are 3 different mounting plates. Fits lipping of mm. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Length Unit Pack Ventilation stay 93 White 129 mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay 93 DIY White 129 mm PCS 5* Ventilation stay 93 PP White 129 mm PCS 20* Ventilation stay 93 PP Brown 129 mm PCS 20* Ventilation stay 92 White 129 mm PCS Ventilation stay 92 DIY White 129 mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay 92 PP White 129 mm PCS 20* Ventilation stay 92 PP Brown 129 mm PCS 20* Restrictor Fix 84 For inward-opening and outward-opening windows and glazed doors, for limiting the opening position. Stops the sash in an open position decided by the position of the restrictor. May be uncoupled by pushing in the spring-operated locking reed while the rope is unhooked. Fits both right and left. Polyester rope. Other parts of acetal plastic. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Restrictor 84 White PCS Restrictor 84 DIY White PCS 10* Restrictor 84 PP White PCS 20* Restrictor Fix 184 Type-approved, child-safe. For inward-opening and outward-opening windows and glazed doors, for limiting the opening position. Stops the sash in an open position decided by the position of the restrictor. May be uncoupled by pushing in the spring-operated locking reed while the rope is unhooked. Fits both right and left. Material: Wire with plastic coating. Locking plate with cover. Other parts of acetal plastic. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Restrictor 184 White PCS 10* Window-/door catches Fix 392, For inward-opening windows. 393 For outward-opening windows. Locks the window in narrow airing positions. Restricts the opening possibility and increased protection against forced entry and child accident. May be uncoupled when the frame is closed. For child safety, the uncoupling can be locked with a separate key. Fits side- and top-hung sash and window, H-window Type, or pivot window. Powder painted aluminium.white or brown. Plastic mounting plate. Key of galvanized steel. Plastic template is included. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Window-/door catches 392 PP White PCS 20* Window-/door catches 392 PP Brown PCS 20* Window-/door catches 393 PP White PCS 20* Window-/door catches 393 PP Brown PCS 20* Window lock 280 Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Window lock 280 Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC Window lock 280 Brass plated 2 pcs PAC Window lock 280 Polished brass 2 pcs PAC Window lock 280 Nickel plated 20 pcs PAC 5* Fix 92 Fix 93 Locks 1333

44 Locks Window lock 281 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Window lock 281 Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC 10 Window lock 177 Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Window lock 177 Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC 10 Window lock 380 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Window lock 380 Polished brass 2 pcs PAC 10 Receivers for Window lock 177 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Receivers for 177 Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC 10 Receivers for Window lock 280 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Receivers for 280 Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC 10 Window closer with receiver For a level mounting. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Window closer with receiver mm Nickel plated 41 mm PAC 10 Window closer 230 Without receiver. A 10 mm hook will be used for a level mounting. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Window closer 230, without receiver Nickel plated Brass 58 mm PAC 10 Window closer 250 Without receiver. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Window closer Nickel plated 58 mm PAC 10 Receiver for window closer 3-10 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Stroke Screw measure Unit Pack Receiver for window closer Nickel plated Brass 10 mm 3,0x20 mm BAG Receiver for window closer Nickel plated Brass 12 mm 3,0x20 mm BAG Receiver for window closer Nickel plated Brass 15 mm 3,0x20 mm BAG Receiver for window closer Nickel plated Brass 20 mm 3,0x20 mm BAG 10 Receiver for window closer 7 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Stroke Screw measure Unit Pack Receiver for window closer 7 Nickel plated 25 mm 3,0x20 mm BAG

45 Window closer Fix 23 Used for inward-opening windows. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Unit Pack Window closer 23 Chrome plated PCS 20* Window closer 23 + Receiver 338D DIY Chrome plated PCS 5* Window closer 23 + Receiver 338D PP Chrome plated PCS 20* Receiver 338D Chrome plated PCS 20* Window closer Fix 70 Used for inward-opening windows. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Colour Unit Pack Window closer 70 Acetal plastic White PCS Window closer 70 PP Acetal plastic White PAC 20* Locks Receiver Fix 337 Used for inward-opening windows. For unlipped sash in single-light windows. Used when the lipping thickness is 0 mm. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Stroke Application Unit Pack Receiver 337 PP 11 mm Chrome plated PCS 20* Receiver Fix 338D Used for inward-opening windows. For sash lipped over frame in singe-light windows and for sashes lipped over frame in two-light windows with a mullion when both windows have window closers. 338D-25: Used when the lipping thickness is 14 mm. 338D-27: Used when the lipping thickness is 17 mm. 338D-30: Used when the lipping thickness is 19 mm. Chrome plated profile brass. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Stroke Finish Unit Pack Receiver 338D 25 mm Chrome plated profile brass PCS 20* Double receiver 338/25 PP 25 mm Chrome plated profile brass PCS 20* Double receiver 338/27 PP 27 mm Chrome plated profile brass PCS 20* Double receiver 338/30 PP 30 mm Chrome plated profile brass PCS 20* Receiver Fix 77D Used for inward-opening windows. For sash lipped over frame in singe-light windows and for sashes lipped over frame in two-light windows with a mullion when both windows have window closers. Continuous adjustment from 27 to 34 mm height. Art. no. Description Application Colour Unit Pack Receiver 77D Acetal plastic White PCS 50 Connecting receiver Fix 80 For windows and glazed doors with coupled sashes. Fits both right and left. The carrier pin gives enough space between the outside and inside sashes. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Connecting receiver 80 Galvanized PCS 100* Connecting screw Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Connecting screw with brass casing Galvanized 50 mm PAC Connecting screw without brass casing Galvanized 50 mm PAC 10 Connecting receiver 3 Spring charged locking. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Connecting receiver 3 Galvanized 24,5 mm - PCS Connecting receiver 3 Galvanized 24,5 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Connecting receiver 4 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Connecting receiver 4 Galvanized 24,5 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Connecting receiver 85 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Connecting receiver 85 Galvanized 2 pcs PAC

46 Locks Window chain Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Window chain Bobby Nickel plated / Plastic 250 mm PAC 10 Window stay 21 Incl. eye. Art. no. Description Application Measure Contents Unit Pack Window stay Galvanized 250 mm - PCS Window stay Galvanized 300 mm - PCS Window stay Galvanized 200 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay Galvanized 300 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay White painted 300 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay Galvanized 250 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay Stainless steel A2 200 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay Stainless steel A2 250 mm 2 pcs PAC Window stay Stainless steel A2 300 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Staples for Window stays 23 Art. no. Description Application Measure Contents Unit Pack Staples for Window stays Galvanized 42x28 mm - PCS Staples for Window stays DIY Galvanized 42x28 mm 5 pcs PAC 15 Eye for Window stays Art. no. Description Application Length thread Contents Unit Pack Eye for Window stays Galvanized 25 mm - PCS Eye for Window stays DIY Galvanized 25 mm 5 pcs PAC 15 Hook 58 Supplied with eye. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Hook 58 Galvanized 40 mm 2 pcs PAC Hook 58 Galvanized 51 mm 2 pcs PAC Hook 58 Galvanized 64 mm 2 pcs PAC Hook 58 Galvanized 76 mm 2 pcs PAC Hook 58 Galvanized 100 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Hook forging Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Hook Forging, black 100 mm 1 pc PAC Hook Forging, black 150 mm 1 pc PAC 10 Pushbutton cylinder Window lock Fix 2830 Used for outward-opening windows. Used for windows to be secured against forced entry and unauthorized opening. Locking is done when the cylinder is pushed down with the window in closed position. Can also be locked in an airing position (does not meet the requirements for approved locking according to SS 3620). When the key is turned, the cylinder springs up and opens the lock. The key can be removed when unlocked. Cylinder housing, frame fixture of zamak. Approved according to SS 3620 classification. Lockable with pushbutton cylinder Fix Cylinder (AVA) with 9 discs, for Fix 2820 and Two keys Fix 5525 come with each cylinder. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Type Keys Unit Pack Window lock 2830 incl. cyl. Bright chrome - 2 pcs PCS 3* Window lock 2830 incl. cyl. Satin chrome - 2 pcs PCS 3* Window lock 2830 incl. cyl. Bright chrome 3 keyed-alike locking 6 pcs PAC 3* Window lock 2830 excl. cyl. PP Bright chrome - - PCS 20* Window lock 2830 excl. cyl. PP Satin chrome - - PCS 20* Window lock 2830 incl. cyl. Satin chrome 3 keyed-alike locking 6 pcs PAC 3* Accessories pushbutton Fix 7287 for 2830 Art. no. Description Finish Type Keys Unit Pack Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* 1336

47 Window lock Fix 2820 Used for inward-opening windows. Used for windows to be secured against forced entry and unauthorized opening. Locking is done when the cylinder is pushed down with the window in closed position. Can also be locked in an airing position (does not meet the requirements for approved locking according to SS 3620). When the key is turned, the cylinder springs up and opens the lock. The key can be removed when unlocked. Cylinder housing, frame fixture of zamak. Approved according to SS 3620 classification B. Lockable with pushbutton cylinder Fix PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Finish Type Keys Unit Pack Window lock 2820 incl. cyl. Bright chrome - 2 pcs PCS 3* Window lock 2820 incl. cyl. Satin chrome - 2 pcs PCS 3* Window lock 2820 excl. cyl. PP Bright chrome - PCS 20* Window lock 2820 excl. cyl. PP Satin chrome - PCS 20* Window lock 2820 incl. cyl. Satin chrome 3 keyed-alike locking 6 pcs PAC 3* Window lock 2820 incl. cyl. Bright chrome 3 keyed-alike locking 6 pcs PAC 3* Accessories pushbutton Fix 7287 for 2820 Art. no. Description Finish Type Keys Unit Pack Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Bright chrome Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder Fix 7287 Cylinder (AVA) with 9 discs, for Fix 2820 and Two keys Fix 5525 come with each cylinder. PP=Prepacked. Art. no. Description Type Keys Unit Pack Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Pushbutton cylinder 7287 PP Locking pcs PCS 20* Window lock FAS 147 Application: A window lock for outward-opening windows of private homes, commercial buildings and miscellaneous environments. With a microswitch fitted on the inside, the lock is used in alarms and to indicate whether locked/ unlocked. Features: Re-settable for use with FAS 9-lever lock key, which means that the key can be the same one as that used for the FAS 9-lever lock on the entrance door. This feature enables the lock to be keyed alike with the key used for locking, and it can only be unlocked with a key which has been keyed alike. When unlocked, the programming is nullified and any new locking can be programmed. When the window is closed, the catch moves into the lock housing. The window locks and opens when the key is turned 180 ; the key may be removed when the lock is both locked and unlocked. In accordance with SS 3620, class A. Standard: Slot for lockable ventilation device. Supplied without keys. Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure hxwxd Contents Unit Pack Window lock 147 DIY Galvanized steel White 93x36x18 mm 1 pc PCS 3* Window lock 147 DIY Galvanized steel Brown 93x36x18 mm 1 pc PCS 3* Keys DIY pcs PCS 5* Window lock FAS 148 Application: A window lock for inward-opening windows of private homes, commercial buildings and miscellaneous environments. Features: The window lock is surface-mounted, with a so-called key memory intended for use with FAS 9-lever lock key, which means that the key can be the same one as that used for the FAS 9-lever lock on the entrance door. This feature enables the lock to be keyed alike with the key used for locking, and means that it can only be unlocked with key which has been keyed alike. When unlocked, the programming is nullified and any new locking can be programmed. When the window is closed, the striking plate slides into the base plate and locks the frame and window sash together. To lock, the spring-loaded bolt is pressed in manually, and the key is turned 180. The key may be removed in locked or unlocked position. In accordance with SS 3620, class A. Standard: Slot for lockable ventilation device. Supplied without keys. Art. no. Description Application Colour Measure Contents Unit Pack Window lock 148 DIY Galvanized White 97x36x18 mm 1 pc PCS 3* Window lock 148 DIY Galvanized Brown 97x36x18 mm 1 pc PCS 3* Keys DIY pcs PCS 5* Locks Pushbutton cylinder 1337

48 Locks Window lock outward-opening Menova 1521 Finish: zinc casting, painted. Measure: Bottom plate 51 x 25, height 36,5, Stroke cylinder 35 mm. Adjustable after tightening the window. Key alike. Approved by FSAB and recommended by SSF. Art. no. Description Colour Keys Function Unit Pack Window lock 1521 White 1 pc Outward-opening PCS 10* Window lock inward-opening Menova 1541 Finish: zinc casting, painted. Measure: Bottom plate 50 x 45, Stroke cylinder 32 mm. Adjustable after tightening the window. Approved by FSAB and recommended by SSF. Art. no. Description Colour Keys Function Unit Pack Window lock 1541 White 1 pc Inward-opening PCS 10* Window lock Menova 1010, 1011 Finish: Hardended steel rod. Painted. Including locking pin. Lock, 1 key, incl. locking pin same locking in each pack. For universal mounting and can be combined with a ventilation stay. Art. no. Description Locking Keys Colour Length Width Height Unit Pack Window lock pc Brown 53 mm 24 mm 12 mm PCS 10* Window lock pc White 53 mm 24 mm 12 mm PCS 10* Window lock pc White 53 mm 24 mm 12 mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay Menova 1021 Finish: Hardened steel. Installed with Menova window lock on windows that require a ventilation option even when closed. Use on two-light windows, inward-opening windows etc. With a sash fixture. Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Ventilation stay mm PCS 10* Ventilation stay Menova 1031 For combination with window lock Mobella. Ventilation fitting with fastener length cm. With a sash fixture. Telescope type. Art. no. Description Length Unit Pack Ventilation stay mm PCS 10* Espagnolettes and accessories Fix Security handles Fix 835S, 837S Approved according to SS 3620 classification B. Available in straight, right and left versions. Lockable with cylinder (not included). Used for the inside of windows, glazed doors and cupboard doors with an espagnolette, and which needs to be secured against forced entry or unauthorized opening. 835S: is locked by turning a key. 837S: automatically locks when the handle is turned to locked position. Locking is done with oval cylinder of standard type. The key can be taken out when unlocked. The handle has a slip coupling (not applicable to handle with 7 mm square spindle), which is operated when overloaded to prevent breaking of the lock mechanism in case of attempted forced entry and unauthorized opening from the inside. When the grip slips, the espagnolette is not activated until after unlocking. After the grip has been slipping, the security handle must be replaced. Spindle of 8 mm galvanized square steel. Accessories: Oval cylinder of standard type. Mounting plate Fix 841S. Fixing plate Fix Handle coupling Fix 833, used when handle should be mounted on both sides. Screw included.e For more information, please contact us. Handles Fix 83 Handles for windows and glased doors. Available in straight, right and left versions. The handle has fixed positions for open and closed, which hold the handle in the right position. Spindle of 8 mm galvanized square steel. Angle plates/corner braces/mending plates/tee plates Angle plate 132 Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Angle plate 132 incl. screw Galvanized 50x10 mm 3,0x mm 4 pcs PAC Angle plate 132 Galvanized 50x10 mm - - PCS Angle plate Galvanized 75x12,7 mm 4 pcs PAC Angle plate Galvanized 100x15,8 mm 4 pcs PAC Angle plate Galvanized 100x15,8 mm - - PCS

49 Angle plate 134 Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Angle plate 134 incl. screw Galvanized 110x19 mm 3,0x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Angle plate 134 Galvanized 110x19 mm 3,0x20 mm - PCS 100 Angle plate 154 Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Angle plate 154 incl. screw Galvanized 100x19 mm 3,5x25 mm 4 pcs PAC Angle plate 154 Galvanized 100x19 mm - PCS 100 Corner brace Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure Thickness Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Corner brace Z Galvanized 18x18x13 mm 2 mm 3,5x mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Locks Corner brace 269 Including screws (9001), without screws (8001). Art. no. Description Application Measure Thickness Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Corner brace Z Galvanized 26x26x13 mm 2 mm 3,5x mm 4 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 38x38x13 mm 2 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 50x50x13 mm 2 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 65x65x20 mm 2.5 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 75x75x20 mm 2.5 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 105x105x20 mm 2.5 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 130x130x25 mm 3 mm 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 155x155x25 mm 5 mm 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Corner brace Z Galvanized 26x26x13 mm 2 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 38x38x13 mm 2 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 50x50x13 mm 2 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 65x65x20 mm 2,5 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 75x75x20 mm 2,5 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 105x105x20 mm 2,5 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 130x130x25 mm 3 mm - - PCS Corner brace Z Galvanized 155x155x25 mm 3 mm - - PCS 40 Corner brace PN Art. no. Description Application L W H T Unit Pack Corner brace Galvanized 45 mm 45 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 65 mm 65 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 90 mm 90 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 45 mm 65 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 45 mm 90 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 65 mm 115 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 50 mm 50 mm 93 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace PN Art. no. Description Application L W H T Unit Pack Corner brace Galvanized 45 mm 45 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 95 mm 95 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 145 mm 145 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 50 mm 95 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Corner brace Galvanized 50 mm 145 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Mending plate Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Measure Thickness Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Mending plate 50x13 mm 2 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC Mending plate 75x20 mm 2 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Mending plate 100x20 mm 2 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Mending plate 155x25 mm 2.5 mm 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC

50 Locks Mending plate PN Art. no. Description Application L W T Unit Pack Mending plate Galvanized 86 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Mending plate Galvanized 126 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Mending plate Galvanized 176 mm 38 mm 2,5 mm PCS 25* Mending plate PN Art. no. Description Application L W T Unit Pack Mending plate Galvanized 182 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Mending plate Galvanized 282 mm 30 mm 5 mm PCS 25* Tee plate Z Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Tee plate Z, incl. screw Galvanized 63x63x13x1,6 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Tee plate Z, incl. screw Galvanized 100x100x19x2 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Tee plate Z Galvanized 63x63x13x1,6 mm - - PCS Tee plate Z Galvanized 100x100x19x2 mm - - PCS 100 Lift-off hinges Lift-off hinges 3220 Application: For unrebated doors, outward opening French doors and windows etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Hardened steel pins. Features: Journal-supported. With adjustment disc slot for easy height adjustment. Accessories: Classified according to SS 3442, security class/grade 4 C or 3 E. Recommended screws: six TFX 5 x 30. Adjustment discs art. no PP=prepacked. Art. no. Description Type H W Contents Unit Pack PP Right 98 mm 82 mm PCS 10* PP Left 98 mm 82 mm PCS 10* Left 98 mm 82 mm 2 pcs PAC Right 98 mm 82 mm 2 pcs PAC 6 Lift-off hinges 3228 Application: For unrebated doors, outward opening French doors and windows etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Black and yellow zinc-iron. Hardened steel pins. Features: Journal-supported. With adjustment disc slot for easy height adjustment. Can be combined with or , 05 on doors with steel frame. Accessories: Classified according to SS 3442, security class/grade 4 D. Recommended screws 8 TFX 5 x 30. Can be complemented with framereinforcing mounting plate , fitting with machine screw. When using the mounting plate, four MFX 6 an two TFX 5 x 30. Adjustment discs art. no Security pins 2301 for Art. no. Description Application Type H W Incl. screw Contents Unit Pack PP Zinc coated Right 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 10* PP Zinc coated Left 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 10* PP Stainless Right 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 10* PP Stainless Left 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 10* DIY Zinc coated Left 110 mm 98 mm x 2 pcs PAC DIY Zinc coated Right 110 mm 98 mm x 2 pcs PAC DIY Zinc coated Right 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 5* DIY Zinc coated Left 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 5* DIY Zinc coated Right 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 5* DIY Zinc coated Left 110 mm 98 mm - - PCS 5* Lift-off hinges 3229 Application: For rebated doors etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Hardened steel pins. Features: Journal-supported. With adjustment disc slot for easy height adjustment. Can be combined with or , 05 for doors with steel frame. Accessories: Classified according to SS 3442, security class/grade 4 D. Recommended screws: eight TFX 5 x 30. Can be complemented with frame-reinforcing mounting plate fitting with machine screw. For fitting the mounting plate, four MFX 6 and two TFX 5 x 30 are recommended. Adjustment discs 249. Art. no. Description Type H W Contents Unit Pack Right 110 mm 80 mm PCS Right 110 mm 80 mm 2 pcs PAC Left 110 mm 80 mm PCS Left 110 mm 80 mm 2 pcs PAC

51 Lift-off hinges 3248 Application: For unrebated doors, outward opening French doors etc. Material: Steel, zinc coated, black and yellow zinc-iron. Hardened steel pins. Features: Half-symmetrical, journal-supported. With adjustment disc slot for easy height adjustment. Allows symmetrical mortise. Can be combined with or ,05 on doors with steel frame. Accessories: Classified according to SS 3442, class 5 C or 4 D. Recommended screws: eight TFX 5 x 30. Can be complemented with frame-reinforcing mounting plate fitting with machine screw. When using the mounting plate, four MFX 6 and two TFX 5 x 30 are recommended. Adjustment discs 249. Art. no. Description Type H W Contents Unit Pack Right 110 mm 98 mm PCS 10* Right 110 mm 98 mm 2 pcs PAC Left 110 mm 98 mm PCS 10* Left 110 mm 98 mm 2 pcs PAC 6 Lift-off hinges 1222, 1228 Application: For outward opening windows, unrebated hatches etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Features: Right or left handed. Accessories: Classified according to SS , security class/grade , security class/grade 4. Recommended screws six TFX 4,5 x 25. Technical specification Description H B C D K L M N P mm 36 mm 19 mm 11 mm 9,5 mm mm 9,5 mm 42,5 mm 23,5 mm mm 38 mm 19 mm 13,2 mm 2 mm 9,5 mm mm 9,5 mm 42,5 mm Locks Art. no. Description Type Incl. screw Contents Unit Pack DIY Right - - PCS 5* DIY Left - - PCS 5* PP Right - - PCS 10* PP Left - - PCS 10* DIY Left x 2 pcs PAC DIY Right x 2 pcs PAC PP Right - - PCS 10* PP Left - - PCS 10* Lift-off hinges 1223 Application: 1223, for inward opening windows without weather seal , for inward opening windows with weather seal. Material: Zinc coated steel. Accessories: Classified according to SS , security class/ grade 3. Recommended screws for 85, six TFX 4,5 x 25. Recommended screws for 100, six TFX 5 x 30. Art. no. Description Type H Incl. screw Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Right 85 mm - 4,5x25 mm - PCS Left 85 mm - 4,5x25 mm - PCS Left 85 mm x 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Right 85 mm x 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Left 100 mm x 5x30 mm 2 pcs PAC Right 100 mm x 5x30 mm 2 pcs PAC 6 Lift-off hinges ASSA K1227 Application: For doors with special decorative demands. Material: Brass, polished or nickel-plated. Features: With ball bearings. Accessories: Recommended screws: eight TFX 5,5 x 30. Can be complemented with frame-reinforcing mounting plate In this case four screws MFX 6 and two and two wood screws according to above are recommended. Spare ball bearings Art. no. Description Application Type H W Unit Pack K1227 Nickel plated Right 110 mm 98 mm PCS K1227 Nickel plated Left 110 mm 98 mm PCS K1227 Polished brass Right 110 mm 98 mm PCS K1227 Polished brass Left 110 mm 98 mm PCS 2 Lift-off hinges 222 Pin of brass. For french doors and windows etc. Journal-supported hinges for lighter hatches etc. Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Type Length Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Lift-off hinges 222 Galvanized Left 70 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Lift-off hinges 222 Galvanized Right 70 mm 3,5x20 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Lift-off hinges Type Assa K 336 Application: Steel. Application: For heavy steel doors, fire resistant doors. Features: Designed to be welded to the frame and door. Right or left. Hinges with 12 mm or 14 mm pin. Accessories: Ball bearing 540. Art. no. Description Application Pin Unit Pack Lift-off hinges K 336-0/4 Steel 12,0 mm PCS Lift-off hinges K 336-0/4 Steel 14,0 mm PCS Ball bearing ,3 mm PCS Ball bearing ,4 mm PCS

52 Locks Lift-off hinges 5006 Angled. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application W mm Type Contents Unit Pack Lift-off hinges 5006 Galvanized 55 Left 2 pcs PAC Lift-off hinges 5006 Galvanized 55 Right 2 pcs PAC Lift-off hinges 5006 Brassing 55 Left 2 pcs PAC Lift-off hinges 5006 Brassing 55 Right 2 pcs PAC 10 Garage hinge 1250 Rounded. Steel ball 1/2". Art. no. Description Application Type H W Contents Unit Pack Garage hinge 1250 Galvanized iron Right 215 mm 73 mm 2 pcs PAC 10* Garage hinge 1250 Galvanized iron Left 215 mm 73 mm 2 pcs PAC 10* Adjustment disc Material: Hardened steel. Adjustment disc for height adjustment of doors with journal-supported lift-off hinges. Art. no. Description Application For hinges Size Contents Unit Pack Adjustment disc Galvanized x1 + 7x1,5 mm 6+6 pcs PAC Adjustment disc Galvanized ,5x1 + 8,5x1,5 mm 6+6 pcs PAC 10 Adjustment disc For door hinges. Each bag contains half thickness 1,5 mm and half thickness 2,0 mm. Art. no. Description Application Size Contents Unit Pack Adjustment disc Galvanized 7x12x1,5 + 7x12x2,0 mm 6+6 pcs PAC Adjustment disc Galvanized 9x14x1,5 + 9x12x2,0 mm 5+5 pcs PAC Adjustment disc Galvanized 9,7xx1,5 + 9,7xx2,0 mm 4+4 pcs PAC Adjustment disc Galvanized 13x22x2,0 mm 8 pcs PAC Adjustment disc Galvanized 9x14x1,5 + 9x14x2,0 mm pcs PAC 5 Ball bearing Spare part for ball bearing hinges. Art. no. Description Size Height Contents Unit Pack Ball bearing 540N DIY 9,3x17,5 mm 6 mm 2 pcs PAC Ball bearing 540N 9,3x17,5 mm 6 mm - PCS Ball bearing 540N 12,3x22,0 mm 8 mm - PCS Ball bearing ,4x25,0 mm 8,5 mm - PCS Ball bearing 540N 9,25x18.0 mm 7,5 mm - PCS 20* Ball bearing 540N 12x24,0 mm 8 mm - PCS 20* Spring hinges Spring hinges ASSA 2220, 2228 Application: For unrebated automatically closing doors for lighter doors and sauna doors. Material: Zinc coated steel. Features: One-way, non-supported. Adjustable spring power and adjustable closing force. For closing function only use: 2220 together with journal-supported hinges 3220 and 2228 together with journal-supported hinges 3228 or The hinges have the same fitting dimensions. The depth of the mortise is the same as for supported hinges. The hinges can be lifted off after the spring power has been released. Art. no. Description Application Type H W Unit Pack Spring hinges 2220 Galvanized Right 98 mm 82 mm PCS Spring hinges 2220 Galvanized Left 98 mm 82 mm PCS Spring hinges 2228 Galvanized Right 110 mm 98 mm PCS Spring hinges 2228 Galvanized Left 110 mm 98 mm PCS 2 Spring hinges 279 Application: For one- and two-way swing doors. for automatically closing single-action doors. Material: Steel, zinc coated or nickel-plated. Features: one-way spring function, supported. Art. no. Description Application H Holes Screw measure Unit Pack Spring hinges Galvanized 101 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm PCS Spring hinges Galvanized 101 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm PAC Spring hinges Galvanized 152 mm 10 pcs 5x30 mm PCS Spring hinges Galvanized 152 mm 10 pcs 5x30 mm PAC Spring hinges Nickel plated 101 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm PCS Spring hinges Nickel plated 101 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm PAC Spring hinges Nickel plated 152 mm 10 pcs 5x30 mm PCS Spring hinges Nickel plated 152 mm 10 pcs 5x30 mm PAC

53 Spring hinges 280 Application: For one- and two-way swing doors. For swing doors. Material: Steel, zinc coated or nickel-plated. Features: 280, two-way spring function, supported. Adjustable spring power, regardless of right or left handedness. Adjustable closing force. Technical specification Description Max door thickness Height Hole Screw measure mm 76 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm mm 101 mm 8 pcs 4x25 mm mm 152 mm 10 pcs 5x30 mm Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Spring hinges Galvanized PCS Spring hinges Galvanized PAC Spring hinges Galvanized PCS Spring hinges Galvanized PAC Spring hinges Galvanized PCS Spring hinges Galvanized PAC Spring hinges Nickel plated PCS Spring hinges Nickel plated PAC Spring hinges Nickel plated PCS Spring hinges Nickel plated PAC Spring hinges Nickel plated PCS Spring hinges Nickel plated PAC 1 Locks Coupling hinges 1201, 1206 Application: Coupling hinges for windows and French doors. Journal-supported hinges for lighter hatches etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Pin of brass. Features: Classified according to SS , security class/grade , security class/grade 3. Art. no. Description Height Width Pin Tool Screw measure Unit Pack ,5 mm 36 mm 6 mm 20 mm 3x20 mm PCS ,5 mm 44 mm 7 mm 26 mm 3,5x25 mm PCS ,0 mm 50 mm 8 mm - 3,5x25 mm PCS 50 DIY-pack, screws are included Art. no. Description Height Width Pin Tool Screw measure Contents Unit Pack ,5 mm 36 mm 6 mm 20 mm 3,5x35 mm 2 pcs PAC ,5 mm 44 mm 7 mm 26 mm 3,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC ,0 mm 50 mm 8 mm - 3,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Hinges ASSA Application: Coupling hinges for windows. Material: Zinc coated steel. Pin of brass. Features: Classified according to SS 3442, security class/grade 3. Both halves countersunk on the rear. Art. no. Description Application Hole Recommended screw measure Unit Pack Hinges Galvanized 6 pcs 3,0x20 mm PCS 50 Butt hinges Butt hinges 8, 10, 12, 14, 18 Application: Butt hinges for hatches, cases, sheds, attics, collapsible tables, ladders etc. Material: Zinc coated steel. Pin of brass. Art. no. Description Hole W H D G T Unit Pack mm 19 mm 6,3 mm 3,3 mm 1,5 mm PCS mm 19 mm 7,8 mm 4,0 mm 1,9 mm PCS mm 25 mm 8,5 mm 4,5 mm 2,1 mm PCS mm 25 mm 8,3 mm 4,0 mm 2,1 mm PCS mm 25 mm 8,5 mm 4,5 mm 2,1 mm PCS mm 32 mm 9,2 mm 4,5 mm 2,3 mm PCS mm 32 mm 9,2 mm 4,5 mm 2,3 mm PCS mm 38 mm 10,5 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm PCS mm 38 mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm PCS mm 38 mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm PCS mm 38 mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm PCS mm 50 mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm PCS mm 50 mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm PCS mm 50,5 mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm PCS mm 50,5 mm 13,5 mm 7,0 mm 3,25 mm PCS mm 50,5 mm 13,5 mm 7,0 mm 3,25 mm PCS

54 Locks Butt hinges Application: Zinc coated steel. Pin of brass. Application: Butt hinges for hatches, cases, sheds, attics, collapsible tables, ladders etc. Screws are included. Content: 2 pcs. Art. no. Description Hole W, mm H D G T Screw measure Unit Pack Butt hinges mm 6,3 mm 3,3 mm 1,5 mm 3,5x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 8,3 mm 4,0 mm 2,1 mm 3,5x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 9,2 mm 4,5 mm 2,3 mm 4,0x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 9,2 mm 4,5 mm 2,3 mm 4,0x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm 5,0x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 7,8 mm 4,0 mm 1,9 mm 3,5x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 8,5 mm 4,5 mm 2,1 mm 3,5x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 8,5 mm 4,5 mm 2,1 mm 3,5x20 PAC Butt hinges mm 10,5 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 10,8 mm 5,5 mm 2,6 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges mm 11,8 mm 6,5 mm 2,7 mm 4,5x25 PAC Butt hinges ,5 mm 13,5 mm 7 mm 3,25 mm 5,0x25 PAC Butt hinges ,5 mm 13,5 mm 7 mm 3,25 mm 5,0x25 PAC 4 Butt hinges 5000/5002 Pin of brass. Butt hinges for furniture, hatches, cases etc. Screws not included. Art. no. Description Application A B C D E Unit Pack Galvanized 20 mm 25 mm 4,0 mm 2,0 mm 1,0 mm PCS Galvanized 24 mm 32 mm 4,5 mm 2,5 mm 1,0 mm PCS Galvanized 26 mm 38 mm 5,0 mm 2,8 mm 1,1 mm PCS Galvanized 31 mm 50 mm 5,7 mm 3,2 mm 1,25 mm PCS Galvanized 37 mm 65 mm 6,3 mm 3,7 mm 1,3 mm PCS Galvanized 40 mm 75 mm 6,3 mm 3,7 mm 1,3 mm PCS Galvanized 25 mm 25 mm 4,0 mm 2,3 mm 0,85 mm PCS Galvanized 32 mm 32 mm 4,5 mm 2,5 mm 1,0 mm PCS Galvanized 38 mm 38 mm 5,0 mm 2,8 mm 1,1 mm PCS Galvanized 50 mm 50 mm 5,7 mm 3,2 mm 1,25 mm PCS 50 DIY-pack, screws are included, content 2 pcs Art. no. Description Application A B C D E Unit Pack Galvanized 20 mm 25 mm 4,0 mm 2,0 mm 1,0 mm PAC Galvanized 24 mm 32 mm 4,5 mm 2,5 mm 1,0 mm PAC Galvanized 26 mm 38 mm 5,0 mm 2,8 mm 1,1 mm PAC Galvanized 31 mm 50 mm 5,7 mm 3,2 mm 1,25 mm PAC Galvanized 37 mm 65 mm 6,3 mm 3,7 mm 1,3 mm PAC Galvanized 40 mm 75 mm 6,3 mm 3,7 mm 1,3 mm PAC Galvanized 25 mm 25 mm 4,0 mm 2,3 mm 0,85 mm PAC Galvanized 32 mm 32 mm 4,5 mm 2,5 mm 1,0 mm PAC Galvanized 38 mm 38 mm 5,0 mm 2,8 mm 1,1 mm PAC Galvanized 50 mm 50 mm 5,7 mm 3,2 mm 1,25 mm PAC 10 Butt hinges 5001 Pin of brass. Butt hinges for furniture, hatches, cases etc. Screws not included. Art. no. Description Application A B E Unit Pack Galvanized 22 mm 25 mm 1,1 mm PCS Galvanized 27 mm 32 mm 1,0 mm PCS Galvanized 30 mm 38 mm 1,0 mm PCS Galvanized 40 mm 50 mm 1,3 mm PCS Galvanized 47 mm 63,5 mm 1,4 mm PCS Galvanized 55 mm 75 mm 1,75 mm PCS 50 DIY-pack, screws are included Art. no. Description Application A B E Contents Unit Pack Galvanized 22 mm 25 mm 1,1 mm 2 pcs PAC Galvanized 27 mm 32 mm 1,0 mm 2 pcs PAC Galvanized 30 mm 38 mm 1,0 mm 2 pcs PAC Galvanized 40 mm 50 mm 1,3 mm 2 pcs PAC Galvanized 47 mm 63,5 mm 1,4 mm 2 pcs PAC Galvanized 55 mm 75 mm 1,75 mm 2 pcs PAC

55 Butt hinges brass Art. no. Description Application B A Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Butt hinges Brass 25 mm 22 mm 2,5x12 mm 2 pcs PAC Butt hinges Brass 30 mm 26 mm 2,5x mm 2 pcs PAC Butt hinges Brass 40 mm 32 mm 3,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Butt hinges Brass 50 mm 39 mm 3,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Hinges stainless Locks Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 72 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 67 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 67 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 59 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 38 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 100 mm 30 mm PAC 10 Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 140 mm 40 mm PAC

56 Locks Hinges stainless Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length unfolded Width Unit Pack Hinges Stainless A2 polished 107 mm 40 mm PAC 10 Continuous (Piano) hinges Continuous (Piano) hinges Pin of brass. Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Unfolded WxL cc/holes Unit Pack Continuous (Piano) hinges Nickel plated 25x280 mm 60,5 mm PAC Continuous (Piano) hinges Nickel plated 32x560 mm 60,5 mm PAC Continuous (Piano) hinges Nickel plated 32x840 mm 60,5 mm PAC Continuous (Piano) hinges Brass 25x280 mm 64 mm PAC Continuous (Piano) hinges Brass 32x560 mm 64 mm PAC Continuous (Piano) hinges Brass 32x840 mm 64 mm PAC 10 Cabinet hinges Cabinet hinges Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Type H Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges Brown oxidised Right 40 mm 3,0x12 mm 2 pcs PAC Cabinet hinges Brown oxidised Left 40 mm 3,0x12 mm 2 pcs PAC Cabinet hinges Brown oxidised Right 50 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC Cabinet hinges Brown oxidised Left 50 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges Art. no. Description Application Thread Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges Brown oxidised M6 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges Art. no. Description Application Thread Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges Brass M6 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges "Hillgå" 506 Art. no. Description Application Thread Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges 506 Nickel plated M6 2 pcs PAC Cabinet hinges 506 Brass M6 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges 406 Art. no. Description Application Diam. Length male/female Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges 406 Nickel plated 5 mm 33/34 mm 2 pcs PAC Cabinet hinges 406 Brass 5 mm 33/34 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges with closing function Mounting plate for 28 or 37 mm hole distance. Snap-In function, easy adjustment. Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Hole distance Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges with closing function Nickel plated 28 mm 1 pc PAC Cabinet hinges with closing function Nickel plated 37 mm 1 pc PAC 10 Renovating plate for hinges For cabinet hinges with closing function, and Fits all hole distance. Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Renovating plate Nickel plated 2 pcs PAC 10 Cabinet hinges with closing function, Universal Fits all types of hatches. Screws are included. Screws: TKX 3,0x12 mm. Art. no. Description Application W L Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Cabinet hinges with closing function Nickel plated 42 mm 97 mm 3,0x12 mm 1 pc PAC

57 Hinges ASSA 2465 Application: For light-weight interior doors. Features: Snap-In function. Symmetrical right/left. Approved for B 30 doors. Accessories: Recommended screws: five TFX 5 x 25. Art. no. Description Application Measure w x h Unit Pack Hinges 2465 Steel, bronze lacquered 40 x 65 mm PCS 10* Hinges 2465, Mounting plate 2403 Mounting plate included. Screws are included. Application: For light-weight interior doors. Features: Snap-In function. Symmetrical R/L. Approved for B 30 doors. Art. no. Description Application Measure w x h Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Hinges Symmetrical Epoxy 40x65 mm 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Mounting plate 2403 Plastic 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Hinges Locks Mounting plate Hinges 2465, Mounting plate 2434 Mounting plate included. Screws are included. Application: For light-weight interior doors. Features: Snap-In function. Symmetrical R/L. Approved for B 30 doors. Art. no. Description Application Measure w x h Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Hinges Symmetrical Epoxy 40x65 mm 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Mounting plate 2434 Plastic 4,5x25 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Welding hinges Welding Hinges 20 Material: Hardened fixed steel pin and a brass washer. Fits all steel doors and windows. Available with a grease nipple. Art. no. Description A B C D Unit Pack steel shaft 40 mm 8 mm 5 mm 10 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 50 mm 8 mm 5 mm 10 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 60 mm 10 mm 6 mm 12 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 70 mm 11,5 mm 7 mm 14 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 80 mm 13 mm 8 mm mm PCS 20* steel shaft 100 mm mm 10 mm 20 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 120 mm mm 11 mm 20 mm PCS 20* steel shaft 135 mm 18 mm 12 mm 22 mm PCS 10* steel shaft 150 mm 20 mm 13 mm 25 mm PCS 10* steel shaft 180 mm 20 mm 14 mm 25 mm PCS 10* steel shaft 200 mm 23 mm mm 28,5 mm PCS 10* brass shaft 50 mm 8 mm 5 mm 10 mm PCS 20* brass shaft 60 mm 10 mm 6 mm 12 mm PCS 20* brass shaft 80 mm 13 mm 8 mm mm PCS 20* brass shaft 90 mm 14,5 mm 9 mm 18 mm PCS 20* brass shaft 100 mm mm 10 mm 20 mm PCS 20* brass shaft 120 mm mm 11 mm 20 mm PCS 20* brass shaft 135 mm 18 mm 12 mm 22 mm PCS 10* brass shaft 150 mm 20 mm 13 mm 25 mm PCS 10* Grease nipple 80 mm 13 mm 8 mm 8 mm PCS 20* Grease nipple 90 mm 14,5 mm 9 mm 18 mm PCS 25* Grease nipple 100 mm mm 10 mm 20 mm PCS 20* Grease nipple 120 mm mm 11 mm 20 mm PCS 20* Grease nipple 135 mm 18 mm 12 mm 22 mm PCS 10* Grease nipple 150 mm 20 mm 13 mm 25 mm PCS 10* Grease nipple 200 mm 23 mm mm 28,5 mm PCS 10* Accessories Welding Hinges 20 Art. no. Description Model Unit Pack Adjustment disc Brass For 100 mm PCS Adjustment disc Brass For 120 mm PCS Adjustment disc Brass For 135 mm PCS Adjustment disc Brass For 150 mm PCS Adjustment disc Brass For 180 mm PCS Adjustment disc Brass För 200 mm PCS

58 Locks Hook and band hinges Hook and band hinges 214 Application: Galvanized or galvanized with black epoxy lacquer. Pressed, double. Technical specification Art. no. Description Application Length Mounting plate wxh Tap Galvanized 150 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 200 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 300 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 400 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 500 mm 50x105 mm 13 mm Galvanized 600 mm 50x105 mm 13 mm Galvanized 150 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 200 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 300 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 400 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized 500 mm 50x105 mm 13 mm Galvanized 600 mm 50x105 mm 13 mm Galvanized black lacquer 150 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized black lacquer 200 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized black lacquer 300 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized black lacquer 400 mm 40x100 mm 11 mm Galvanized black lacquer 500 mm 50x105 mm 13 mm Galvanized black lacquer 600 mm 60x110 mm 13 mm Art. no. Description Incl. screw Application screws Contents Unit Pack PCS PCS PCS PCS PCS PCS x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Galvanized 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC x Black chrome 2 pcs PAC 4 Hook and band hinges Naxia 212, mm Art. no. Description Application L W T Tap Unit Pack Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 300 mm 30 mm 6 mm 12 mm PAI Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 400 mm 30 mm 6 mm 12 mm PAI Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 500 mm 30 mm 6 mm 12 mm PAI Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 600 mm 30 mm 6 mm 12 mm PAI 1 Hook and band hinges Naxia 212, mm Art. no. Description Application L W T Tap Unit Pack Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 600 mm 40 mm 8 mm 13 mm PAI Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 750 mm 40 mm 8 mm 13 mm PAI Hook and band hinges 212 Galvanized 1000 mm 40 mm 8 mm 13 mm PAI 1 Barrel bolts Barrel bolts PN 5215, 52, mm, lockable. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt length Unit Pack Barrel bolts 5215 Galvanized 155 mm 75 mm 205 mm PCS Barrel bolts 52 Galvanized 155 mm 75 mm 313 mm PCS Barrel bolts 5217 Galvanized 155 mm 75 mm 391 mm PCS 1 Barrel bolts PN mm, lockable. Art. no. Description Application L W Bolt length Unit Pack Barrel bolts 5226 Galvanized 148 mm 75 mm 627 mm PCS

59 Barrel bolts Screws are included 3,5x20 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Shackle lxw Unit Pack Barrel bolts Galvanized 78 mm 32 mm 8 mm 45x13 mm PAC 10 Barrel bolts 4539 Screws are included 3,0x mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Unit Pack Barrel bolts 4539 Nickel plated Brass 38 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts 4539 Nickel plated Brass 50 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts 4539 Nickel plated Brass 63 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts 4539 Nickel plated Brass 75 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC 10 Barrel bolts Screws in brass are included 2,5x mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Unit Pack Barrel bolts Polished brass 38 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts Polished brass 50 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts Polished brass 63 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC Barrel bolts Polished brass 75 mm 25 mm 7 mm PAC 6 Barrel bolts lockable Lockable. Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Shackle lxw Unit Pack Barrel bolts Galvanized 103 mm 32 mm 8 mm 45x13 mm PAC Barrel bolts Galvanized 130 mm 35 mm 10 mm 47x13 mm PAC 6 Barrel bolts robust Screws are included 4,5x25 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Shackle lxw Unit Pack Barrel bolts Galvanized 155 mm 44 mm 13 mm 60x13 mm PAC 6 Barrel bolts Security Security Barrel bolts. Screws are included 4,0x25 e.g. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Bolt diam Shackle lxw Unit Pack Barrel bolts Galvanized 104 mm 41 mm 20x5 mm 36x20 mm PAC 6 Door bolt Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Shackle lxw Contents Unit Pack Door bolt Galvanized 50 mm 19 mm 25x8 mm 1 pc PAC Door bolt Galvanized 50 mm 19 mm 25x8 mm 10 pcs PAC 5* Flush bolts Flush bolt 452 Rounded. Complete with receiver. Screws are included. Application: galvanized. Art. no. Description Bolt lxw Receiver lxw Distance from wall Bolt diam Unit Pack Flush bolt 110x18 mm 37,5x18,5 mm mm 8 mm PAC 10 Flush bolt 96 Application: For double doors. Material: Galvanized steel. Design: Robust and lever manoeuvred. Material of steel for fire-rated doors. Accessories: Recommended screw 3 pcs TFX 4 x 45 and 2 pcs TFX 3 x 20. Art. no. Description Length Width Application Unit Pack Flush bolt mm 25 mm Galvanized steel PAC 10 Flush bolt 97 Art. no. Description Length Application Length Unit Pack Flush bolt mm Chrome 150 mm PAC 10 Locks Flush bolt Fix 146 Used for inward- and outward-opening two-light windows without mullion. PP=prepacked. Art. no. Description Application Colour Length Contents Unit Pack Flush bolt 146 Acetal plastic Grey 80 mm PCS 50* Flush bolt 146 DIY Acetal plastic Grey 80 mm PCS 5* Flush bolt 146 PP Acetal plastic Grey 80 mm 2 pcs PAC 20* 1349

60 Security Flush bolt Fix 1215, 1220 Flush bolt for windows and doors: Fix 1215 Approved by SSF the Swedish Theft Prevention Association in classification 2 according to SS3540 and Fix 1220 in classification 3.Fix 1215 Used for inwardand outward-opening two-light windows without mullion. Fix 1220 Used for inward- and outward-opening double doors. Design: Housing of zamak., Bolt of galvanized steel with bolt stroke 15 mm. Stainless steel spring. Function: Keeps the passive sash closed when the other sash is opened. When opening the passive sash, the other sash must be opened enough to access the folding manoeuvre arm. When closing, the manoeuvre arm brings the bolt into a locking position, and the arm is then folded back into a locked position. Receiver: FAS PP=prepacked. Art. no. Description Bolt stroke Unit Pack Flush bolt mm PCS 10* Flush bolt 1220 PP 20 mm PCS 20* Garage bolt 901 G The lock housing is made of iron. Bolt bars, square 12x mm or x mm as standard. Art. no and are complete = garage handle and bolt bars, square. Art. no and only garage handle. Art. no and only bolt bars, square. Art. no. Description Lock housing LxWxD Square bolt bar Standard length Unit Pack Garage bolt 901G bolt bar 180x45x50 mm 12 mm 2000 mm PCS Garage bolt 901G 180x45x50 mm no bolt bar - PCS Garage bolt 901G bolt bar 200x50x60 mm mm 3000 mm PCS Garage bolt 901G 200x50x60 mm no bolt bar - PCS Bolt bar mm mm PAC Bolt bar 901 mm mm PAC 1 Lever handles/accessories Grunda Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1280 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin nickel Polished brass 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Torpa 1280 with longplate Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Dimension longplate: 220x45 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Polished brass 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1290 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin nickel Polished brass 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Torpa 1290 with longplate Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Dimension longplate: 220x45 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Polished brass 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 1350

61 Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1300 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle Polished brass 110 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 110 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 110 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Torpa 1300 with longplate Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Dimension longplate: 220x45 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Polished brass 110 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 110 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 110 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1310 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle Polished brass 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Torpa 1310 with longplate Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Dimension longplate: 220x45 mm. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Polished brass 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 111 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel Satin nickel Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1320 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle Polished brass 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1330 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle Polished brass 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1350 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle Polished brass 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel Satin nickel Satin nickel Satin nickel 1351

62 Indoor lever handle Sjöred 1370 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin nickel Polished brass 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 115 mm 51 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 692 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A692 Nickel plated 100 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A692 Satin chrome 100 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A692 Satin brass 100 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 3 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin chrome A3 Nickel plated 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A3 Satin chrome 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A3 Satin brass 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1871 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin chrome A 1871 Nickel plated 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 1871 Satin chrome 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 1871 Satin brass 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1872 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Ash A 1872 White 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 1872 Ash 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 1872 Brown 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1873 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, in the same finish as the lever handle. Polished brass A 1873 Polished brass 123 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 269 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin brass A 269 Nickel plated 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 269 Satin brass 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 269 Satin chrome 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 270 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Satin chrome A 270 Nickel plated 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 270 Satin brass 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 270 Brown oxidised 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 270 Satin chrome 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* 1352

63 Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 118 For door thickness mm A 118 Polished brass 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 118 Brown oxidised 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 118 Satin chrome 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs 126 For door thickness mm, without rose. Suitable longplate 425 with keyhole or 425 wc with thumb turn. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Polished brass 105 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 126 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 126 Polished brass 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 130 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 130 Polished brass 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Polished brass Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 284 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 284 Satin chrome 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 291 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 291 Satin chrome 125 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 292 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 292 Satin chrome 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1575 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 1575 Polished brass, ash 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Ash Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1577 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 1577 Polished brass, white 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* White 1353

64 Polished brass Polished brass Brown Ash White Nickel plated Satin chrome Polished brass Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs 141 Traditional style. For door thickness mm. Suitable longplate 425 with keyhole or 425 wc with thumb turn. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack PP=Pre-pack Polished brass 115 mm PAI 5* DIY Polished brass 115 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 141 Traditional style. For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 141 Polished brass 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 147 Traditional style. For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 147 Polished brass, brown 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 148 Traditional style. For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 148 Polished brass, ash 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 149 Traditional style. For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 149 Polished brass, white 122 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 400 N For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack A400 Nickel plated 112 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Grunda 130 with keyplate Complete with keyplate and fixed rose. For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack is delivered without rose and keyplate Polished brass 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Chrome 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 110 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Grunda 141 with keyplate Complete with keyplate and fixed rose. For door thickness mm Polished brass 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Chrome 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle A 5280 For door thickness mm A 5280 Anox 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* 1354

65 Indoor lever handle A 5300 For door thickness mm A 5300 Anox 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor lever handle A 5340 For door thickness mm A 5340 Anox 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor lever handle A 5350 For door thickness mm A 5350 Anox 125 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor lever handle A 5360 For door thickness mm A 5360 Anox 128 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor lever handle A 5370 For door thickness mm A 5370 Anox 130 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor lever handle A 5380 For door thickness mm A 5380 Anox 123 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Keyplate 42 Anox 50 mm PAI 5* WC accessory 46/404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 131 For door thickness mm A 131 Polished brass 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 131 Brown oxidised 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 131 Satin chrome 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Polished brass 1355

66 Satin brass Nickel plated Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 635 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 635 Nickel plated 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 635 Satin chrome 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 635 Satin brass 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 635 Brown oxidised 115 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 640 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 640 Nickel plated 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 640 Satin brass 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 640 Satin chrome 105 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Nickel plated Brown oxidised Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 696 For door thickness mm. Suitable keyplate 42 or 406, Toilet accessories 46/404, for interior door lock, or 46/414, for modular locks, in the same finish as the lever handle A 696 Nickel plated 107 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 696 Satin chrome 107 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 696 Satin brass 107 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 696 Brown oxidised 107 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 118 with return spring Lever handle with return spring. For door thickness mm A 118 Brown oxidised 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 118 Satin brass 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Brown oxidised Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 131 with return spring Lever handle with return spring. For door thickness mm A 131 Brown oxidised 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 131 Satin brass 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Satin brass Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 270 with return spring Lever handle with return spring. For door thickness mm A 270 Satin brass 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 270 Brown oxidised 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 270 Satin chrome 120 mm 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome Polished brass Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 340 with return spring Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm A 340 Brown oxidised 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 340 Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 340 Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 1874 with return spring Lever handle with return spring. For door thickness mm A 1874 Polished brass 133 mm 50 mm PAI 5* A 1874 Brown oxidised 133 mm 50 mm PAI 5* 1356

67 Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 6640 with return spring Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm A 6640 Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6640 Satin chrome 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6640 Satin brass 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6640 Brown oxidised 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Outdoor lever handle Hofsnäs A 6696 with return spring Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm A 6696 Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6696 Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6696 Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A 6696 Brown oxidised 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Nickel plated Nickel plated Keyplate Grunda 42/2442 Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Nickel plated 50 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 50 mm PAI 5* Polished brass 50 mm PAI 5* Satin brass 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 50 mm PAI 5* Brown oxidised 50 mm PAI 5* Anox 50 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel Anox Keyplate Grunda 406/2994 Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Nickel plated 50 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 50 mm PAI 5* Polished brass 50 mm PAI 5* Satin brass 50 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 50 mm PAI 5* Brown oxidised 50 mm PAI 5* Toilet accessories Grunda 46/404/262 Fits interior door lock type Fas 2020 or Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack /404 Nickel plated 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Satin nickel 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Polished brass 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Satin brass 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Satin chrome 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Brown oxidised 50 mm PAC 5* /404 Anox 50 mm PAC 5* Satin brass Satin chrome Anox Toilet accessories Grunda 46/414/265 Fits modular locks. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack /414 Nickel plated 52 mm PAC 5* /414 Satin chrome 52 mm PAC 5* /414 Satin brass 52 mm PAC 5* Accessory to cover cylinder opening Grunda 411/4265 Accessory to cover cylinder opening. Used in case there is no cylinder to be mounted in the door. Available in several decorative finishes. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Nickel plated 52 mm PAI 5* Satin nickel 52 mm PAI 5* Polished brass 52 mm PAI 5* Satin brass 52 mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 52 mm PAI 5* Brown oxidised 52 mm PAI 5* Nickel plated Satin brass 1357

68 Polished brass Longplate Grunda 425 Art. no. Description Application Measure Hole diam. Unit Pack Longplate 425 Polished brass 220x45 mm 18 mm PAI 5* Longplate Grunda 425 WC Art. no. Description Application Measure Hole diam. Unit Pack Longplate 425 WC Polished brass 220x45 mm 18 mm PAI 5* Polished brass Longplate 5 Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Measure Hole diam. Unit Pack Longplate 5 Nickel plated 180x48 mm 15 mm PAC 10 Nickel plated Satin chrome Keyplate Grunda 25 Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Keyplate 25 Satin chrome 52 mm PAI 5* Toilet accessories Grunda 393 Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Toilet accessories 393 Satin chrome 52 mm PAC 5* Thumb turn rose set Grunda Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Thumb turn rose set Nickel plated 52 mm PAC 5* Thumb turn rose set Satin brass 52 mm PAC 5* Thumb turn rose set Satin chrome 52 mm PAC 5* Thumb turn rose set Brown oxidised 52 mm PAC 5* Cylinder ring Grunda Art. no. Description Application Measure Unit Pack Cylinder ring Nickel plated 8 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin brass 8 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin chrome 8 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Brown oxidised 8 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Nickel plated 11 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin brass 11 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin chrome 11 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Brown oxidised 11 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Nickel plated 13 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin brass 13 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin chrome 13 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Brown oxidised 13 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Nickel plated mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin brass mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin chrome mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Brown oxidised mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Nickel plated 18 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin brass 18 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Satin chrome 18 mm PCS 5* Cylinder ring Brown oxidised 18 mm PCS 5* 1358

69 Lever handles/accessories Object Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Grunda 640 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Material: Brass. For door thickness resp mm. PP=Pre-pack A640 Door Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A640 Door Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA Classic 640 The classic Assa lever handle from the 1950 s and 1960 s. Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Material: Brass. For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack Satin brass 110 mm 52 mm PAI PP Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Miralloy 110 mm 52 mm PAI Bright chrome 110 mm 52 mm PAI Satin chrome 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Grunda A 696 Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Material: Brass. For door thickness resp mm. PP=Pre-pack A696 Door Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A696 Door Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A696 Door Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A696 Door Brown oxidised 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA Classic 696 The classic Assa lever handle from the 1950 s and 1960 s. Bolt-through fixing without return spring. Material: Brass. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Brown oxidised 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI PP Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* Miralloy 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Miralloy 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA Classic 66 Minimalistic design. It s a very simple and modern handle that suits buildings with plain decor, such as hospitals and institutions. Application: Material: Brass. Built-in return spring that supplements the handle follower spring in the lockcase and assists the handle to stay in a horizontal position. Bolt-through fixing strengthens the door. For resp mm door thickness. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Miralloy 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI Miralloy 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 129 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Grunda A 6640 Material: Brass. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness resp mm. PP=Pre-pack A6640, Door Bright nickel 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A6640, Door Bright nickel 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* 1359

70 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA Classic 6640 A classic Assa lever handle from the 1950 s and 1960 s. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Miralloy 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* Satin brass 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* PP Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* Bright chrome 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI Miralloy 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 110 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Grunda A 6696 Material: Brass. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness resp mm. PP=Pre-pack A6696 Door Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A6696 Door Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA Classic 6696 The classic Assa lever handle from the 1950 s and 1960 s. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Miralloy 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI DIY Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* PP Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* Bright chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Satin chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Miralloy 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI Bright chrome 106 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA 8650 The stainless steel lever handles, pull handles and accessories are ideal for modern public areas such as institutions and offices. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Application: Material: Satin brushed stainless steel. Standard rose with return spring that supplements the handle follower spring in the lockcase and assists the handle to return to horizontal position. All visible parts in stainless steel. Bolt-through fixing with 5 mm Ø screws and nipples strengthens the door. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Stainless 137 mm 53 mm mm PAI Stainless 137 mm 53 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA 8665 The stainless steel lever handles, pull handles and accessories are ideal for modern public areas such as institutions and offices. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Application: Material: Satin brushed stainless steel. Standard rose with return spring that supplements the handle follower spring in the lockcase and assists the handle to return to horizontal position. All visible parts in stainless steel. Bolt-through fixing with 5 mm Ø screws and nipples strengthens the door. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Stainless 135 mm 53 mm mm PAI Stainless 135 mm 53 mm mm PAI 5* Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA 8680 The stainless steel lever handles, pull handles and accessories are ideal for modern public areas such as institutions and offices. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Application: Material: Satin brushed stainless steel. Standard rose with return spring that supplements the handle follower spring in the lockcase and assists the handle to return to horizontal position. All visible parts in stainless steel. Bolt-through fixing with 5 mm Ø screws and nipples strengthens the door. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Stainless 130 mm 53 mm mm PAI Stainless 130 mm 53 mm mm PAI 5 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle ASSA 8685 The stainless steel lever handles, pull handles and accessories are ideal for modern public areas such as institutions and offices. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Application: Material: Satin brushed stainless steel. Standard rose with return spring that supplements the handle follower spring in the lockcase and assists the handle to return to horizontal position. All visible parts in stainless steel. Bolt-through fixing with 5 mm Ø screws and nipples strengthens the door. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack Stainless 144 mm 53 mm mm PAI Stainless 144 mm 53 mm mm PAI

71 Indoor-/outdoor lever handle Grunda A 635 For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack A635 Nickel plated 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle ASSA 5614 This is a simplified basic handle. Material: Zinc. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Bolt-through fixing with two screws. For door thickness 40 mm Bright chrome 114 mm 52 mm PAI 20* with keyplate Bright chrome 114 mm 52 mm PAI 5* with toilet accessory Bright chrome 114 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Miralloy 114 mm 52 mm PAI 5 Indoor lever handle Grunda A3 For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack A3 Nickel plated 105 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Grunda A 692 For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack A692 Nickel plated 110 mm PAI 5* A692 Satin brass 110 mm PAI 5* Indoor lever handle Grunda A 1871 Brass. Standard delivery with rose. For door thickness mm. PP=Pre-pack A1871 Nickel plated 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A1871 Bright chrome 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* A1871 Satin brass 110 mm 52 mm PAI 5* Accessory to cover cylinder opening 4265 Covers cylinder opening, 42 mm. Used in case there is no cylinder to be mounted in the door. Material: Brass. PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Nickel plated 52 mm PAI 30* Polished brass 52 mm PAI 30* PP Brown oxidised 52 mm PAI 30* Keyplate 2991 PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack Nickel plated 48 mm PAI 30* PP Satin brass 48 mm PAI 30* Bright chrome PAI 30* Toilet accessories A 262 Bolt-through fixing. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack A262 Nickel plated 49 mm PAC 10* A262 Satin brass 49 mm PAC 10* A262 Bright chrome 49 mm PAC 5* Toilet accessories A 265 Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Unit Pack A265 Nickel plated 50 mm PAC 10* 1361

72 Lever handles/accessories Assa Lever handle Assa Epok 1899 The heavy image and slightly exaggerated design are ideal for use in both old and new houses built in Art Nouveau or national romantic style. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm DIY Polished brass 109 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa Epok 1905 This lever handle has been inspired by the most common Art Noveau handles, but it s slightly heavier and more distinct. Bolt-through fixing. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack DIY Satin chrome 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* Miralloy 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Lever handle Assa Epok 1918 Brass was modern before 1930, onwards polished chrome or nickel. Suitable for use in all modern-style houses with the exception for those who represents extreme functionalism. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack DIY Nickel plated 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin chrome 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Polished brass 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* Bright chrome 114 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5 Lever handle Assa Epok 1930 Partly 1880 and 1890 s bud-like tubular handle. With brass neck and black / white grip the handle suits the style of the late 19th century. With bright neck and black grip it suits the 1930 s functionalism and its modern successors. Boltthrough fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm DIY Nickel plated 130 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Nickel-plated, black grip 130 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Polished brass, black grip 130 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa Epok 1935 The clear and straightforward design refer to the period when the streamlined form became popular. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm DIY Nickel plated 106 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Polished brass 106 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 106 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa Epok 1949 The design of this lever handle is for many recognized as a classic Assa handle. This particular model is slightly lighter and has a diamond-shaped grip that fits the hand well. Suitable for both interior and exterior doors. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm DIY Nickel plated 112 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin chrome 112 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Polished brass 112 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 112 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 112 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa Epok 1956 This handle is well suited for all architectural trends of the 1950 s and onwards. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. rose Door thickness Unit Pack DIY Nickel plated 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin chrome 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI 2* PP Nickel plated 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI 5* Satin chrome 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI Nickel 111 mm 52 mm mm PAI

73 Lever handle Assa Classic 6638 The design of this lever handle reflect both baroque and rococo, yet in a simpler manner to suit architecture with less curved forms. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm DIY Nickel plated 122 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin chrome 122 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Polished brass 122 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 122 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 122 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa Classic 6647 This lever handle was designed by Carl Arne Breger in the 1970 s. With the discreet but distinguished design it s a classic today. Bolt-through fixing with return spring. For door thickness mm DIY Nickel plated 120 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Satin brass 120 mm 52 mm PAI 2* DIY Brown oxidised 120 mm 52 mm PAI 2* Lever handle Assa 408 This is a lever handle made of stainless steel and without a return spring. It s intended for light doors with normal usage frequency, e.g. in offices and within the residential sector. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Hidden screw attachment Satin brushed stainless steel 101 mm 50,5 mm PAI 5* Door knob ASSA 7 For doors and hatches. Material: Brass. Rose: Ø 52 mm. Turnable with Assa attachment. Can be combined with Assa modular locks. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Distance to wall Unit Pack Nickel plated 50 mm 52 mm PAI 5 Door knob ASSA 496 For doors and hatches. Features: Material: Brass. Knobs: Ø 50 mm. Rose: Ø 52 mm. Function: Non-turnable pull knob. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Distance to wall Unit Pack Nickel 50 mm 40 mm PCS 10* Lever handle 4130 Brass with plastic or wooden bush. For door thickness mm. Without roses. Art. no. Description Application Hylsa Length Unit Pack Nickel plated Grey 115 mm PAI 5 Lever handle A3130, A4130 Brass with plastic or wooden bush. For door thickness With roses. Art. no. Description Application Hylsa Length Diam. rose Unit Pack A3130 Nickel plated White 115 mm 52 mm PAI A4130 Nickel plated Grey 115 mm 52 mm PAI 5 Square spindle Spindle for lever handles, 8x8 mm square. Art. no. Description Measure Unit Pack Square spindle 107 mm PAC 10* Square spindle 8x125 mm PAC 10 Square bush Beslagsboden Intended for a bush on the square spindle in locks with 9 mm hole. Art. no. Description Length Contents Unit Pack Square bush 15 mm 4 pcs PAC 10* Square bush DIY 15 mm 5 pcs PAC

74 Lever handle screw M4, M5, 5/32 Art. no. Description Application Length Thread Contents Unit Pack Lever handle screw Nickel plated 90 mm M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Brass 90 mm M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Oxidised 90 mm M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Nickel plated 90 mm M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Brass 90 mm M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Oxidised 90 mm M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Nickel plated 56 mm 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle screw Nickel plated 63,5 mm 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle screw Nickel plated 88,5 mm 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle screw Nickel plated 113,5 mm 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle screw Brown oxidised 88,5 mm 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle nut M4, M5, 5/32 Art. no. Description Application Thread Contents Unit Pack Lever handle nut Nickel plated M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Brass M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Oxidised M5 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Nickel plated M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Brass M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Oxidised M4 2 pcs PAC Lever handle nut Nickel plated 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle nut Brown oxidised 5/32 PCS 100* Lever handle screw M5 Art. no. Description Application Thread Length Contents Unit Pack Lever handle screw Nickel plated M5 65 mm 2 pcs PAC Lever handle screw Nickel plated M5 90 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Pull handle ASSA 130/150 Recommended application: A simple pull handle used with locks without handles, e.g. in storerooms. Application: Material: Brass. Attached with wood screws. Bolt-through fixing is available for door thicknesses and mm. Art. no. Description Application Distance to wall Bar diam. Unit Pack Pull handle 130/150 Bright chrome 48 mm 12 mm PCS 1 Pull handle ASSA 8630 Recommended application: Simple pull handles with smooth shapes that are recommended for rough environments such as public places and institutions. The stainless material is highly resistant to corrosion and severe air pollutants and is recommended for use in environments with vast hygienic requirements. Application: All visible parts of acid-proof stainless steel. Finish: Satin stainless steel. Concealed mounting. Available as single or double with boltthrough fixing. Art. no. Description Application Length Distance to wall Bar diam. Unit Pack Pull handle 8630 Stainless 300 mm 80 mm 25 mm PAI 1 Lever handles Hoppe Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Verona 1510 With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Verona 1510/42FI Aluminium silver 125 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Tokyo 1710 With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Tokyo 1710/42FI Aluminium silver 127 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Bonn 195S With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Bonn 195S/42FI Aluminium silver 141 mm 53 mm PAI 24* 1364

75 Outdoor lever handle HOPPE London 113RH With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack London 113RH/42FI Aluminium silver 123 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Verona E1800Z With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Verona E1800Z/42FI Stainless steel satin 122 mm 52 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Las Vegas E1440Z With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Las Vegas E1440Z/42FI Stainless steel satin 132 mm 52 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Bonn E150Z With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Bonn E150Z/42FI Stainless steel satin 130 mm 52 mm PAI 24* Outdoor lever handle HOPPE Bilbao E1365Z With rose. Bolt-through fixing M4. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Bilbao E1365Z/FI Stainless steel satin 129 mm 52 mm PAI 24* Indoor lever handle HOPPE Tokyo 1710 With rose and keyplate. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Tokyo 1710/42FI/42FIS Aluminium silver 128 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Indoor lever handle HOPPE Bonn 197L With rose and keyplate. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack Bonn 197L/42FI/42FIS Aluminium silver 120 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Indoor lever handle HOPPE London 113RH With rose and keyplate. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack London 113RH/42FI/42FIS Aluminium silver 123 mm 53 mm PAI 24* Toilet accessories HOPPE 42FIS For interior locking, red/white indication. Bolt-through fixing. For door thickness mm. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Diam. rose Unit Pack Toilet accessories 42FIS Aluminium silver 53 mm PAC 20* Thumb turn plate HOPPE 2910-OL Thumb turn plate, complete. For modular lock cases typ Assa Evo 2002 and Assa Contain: 1 pc Thumb turn plate with split pin, 2 pcs cylinder bushes, 2 pcs cylinder rings 8 mm. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Thumb turn plate 2910-OL Aluminium silver 220 mm 60 mm LOT * 1365

76 Accessory to cover cylinder opening HOPPE 2910 Accessory to cover cylinder opening (Longplate), for modular lock case. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Accessory to cover cylinder opening 2910 Anodized silver 220 mm 60 mm PCS 25* Thumb turn plate HOPPE E2910-OL Thumb turn plate stainless, complete. For modular lock cases typ Assa Evo 2002 and Assa Contain: 1 pc Thumb turn plate with split pin, 2 pcs cylinder bushes, 2 pcs cylinder rings 8 mm. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Thumb turn plate 2910-OL Stainless steel satin 220 mm 60 mm LOT * Accessory to cover cylinder opening HOPPE E2910 Cover plate (longplate) stainless, for modular lock case. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Unit Pack Accessory to cover cylinder opening E2910 Stainless steel satin 220 mm 60 mm PCS 25* Pull handle HOPPE 430 For window doors. External mounting. DIY-pack. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Pull handle 430 Aluminium silver 90 mm PCS 36* Lever handles/accessories d line Lever handle L-Facon d line Without rose. Acid-proof stainless steel AISI 3, brushed. Art. no. Description Application Length Measure Unit Pack Lever handle L-Facon Acid-proof stainless steel PAR PAI Door bell, oval Acid-proof stainless steel 65x30 mm PCS Door bell, round Acid-proof stainless steel Ø 50 mm PCS Mounting plate, wooden door Nylon PCS Mounting plate, metal door Steel Door thickness 0-60 mm PCS Mounting plate, metal door Steel Door thickness mm PCS Spännyckel Steel PCS Demonteringsverktyg Elförzinkat stål PCS 1 Art. no. Description Sprintlängd Type Application Unit Pack Handle 8350S PP 53 mm Straight Bright chrome PCS 10* Handle 8350S PP 53 mm Right Bright chrome PCS 10* Handle 8350S PP 53 mm Left Bright chrome PCS 10* 1366

77 Hat and Shoe racks Hat rack Essem Nostalgi Brackets and anchor hook powder coated in black structure varnish and aluminium. Three anchar hooks per meter. Shelves of round bars of varnished beech, oak, alternative steel pipes powder coated in black structure varnish Supplied unassembled lxwxh=1010x190x40 mm. The shelf may be cut into a shorter length as required or extended with an extension part of 100 cm consisting of a middle bracket, shelf and anchor hook. Can also be used as a shoe rack. No. 002 Extension part for no Note! Works only together with 001. No are the length=2000 mm. No. 004 Extension part for no Note! Works only together with 003. No are the length=2000 mm. If longer pieces than 2000 mm is required, additional extension parts may be bought The anchor hook is as accessory, 2 pcs anchor hooks in a package. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack mm 190x245 mm Beech/black PCS Extension part mm - - PCS Hat rack mm 190x245 mm Black/black PCS Extension part mm - - PCS Hat rack mm 190x245 mm Oak/aluminium PCS Extension part mm - - PCS Hat rack mm 190x245 mm Aluminium/aluminium PCS Anchor hook Black PAI Anchor hook Aluminium PAI 1 Hat rack Classic 301, 650 Essem Design Chrome plated steel pipes x1,25 mm. Shelves of net 2,25 mm thread, mesh size 30x30 mm in a frame made of mm steel pipes. Powder coated in white colour. Pipes made of plastic covered 19 mm steel pipes, stenyle pipes. The hook is made of white nylon, 4 pcs/m. Model 301 Supplied assembled, two-unit package in a carton. Model 650 Supplied unassembled, one-unit package in a carton. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 240x290 mm White PCS 2 Hat rack Classic 65 Essem Design Chrome plated steel pipes x1,25 mm. Shelves of net 2,25 mm thread, mesh size 30x30 mm in a frame made of mm steel pipes. Powder coated in white colour. Pipes made of plastic covered 19 mm steel pipes, stenyl pipes. The hook is made of white nylon, 4 pcs/m. Screw and plug are included. Supplied unassembled, one-unit package in a carton. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack mm 230x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 230x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 230x290 mm White PCS Hat rack mm 230x290 mm White PCS

78 Hat rack Anna Essem Design Brackets of moulded varnished beech or oak. Shelf of mm steel pipe with a 2,25 mm thread in between. Powder coated. Pipe of plastic covered 19 mm diameter pipe, stenyle pipe. The hook is made of white or black nylon, 4 pcs/ m. Supplied unassembled in a carton. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack Anna 400 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 500 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 600 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 700 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 800 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 900 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 1000 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 1100 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 1200 mm 265x340 mm White/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 600 mm 265x340 mm Black/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 800 mm 265x340 mm Black/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 1000 mm 265x340 mm Black/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 1200 mm 265x340 mm Black/beech PCS Hat rack Anna 600 mm 265x340 mm Grey/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 800 mm 265x340 mm Grey/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 900 mm 265x340 mm Grey/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 1000 mm 265x340 mm Grey/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 1200 mm 265x340 mm Grey/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 400 mm 265x340 mm Black/oak PCS Hat rack Anna 600 mm 265x340 mm Grey/birch PCS Hat rack Anna 800 mm 265x340 mm Grey/birch PCS Hat rack Anna 1000 mm 265x340 mm Grey/birch PCS Hat rack Anna 1200 mm 265x340 mm Grey/birch PCS 1 Hat rack Essem Ekman The shelf is made of 20 mm oak. Brackets of 40x5 mm flat iron with a rod for gallows Ø 19 mm and hooks made of chrome. Art. no. Description Length Depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack 500 mm 250 mm Oak/chrome PCS Hat rack 500 mm 250 mm Birch/nickel plate PCS 1 Clothes hanger Dekorativ Maxi Essem Design Clothes hanger with turnable, casted hooks made of brass. The hooks are inset in a frame of varnished teak, white painted or varnished pine. Practical and decorative. Art. no. Description Number of hooks Length Height Depth unfolded/inset Colour Unit Pack Clothes hanger 2 pcs 350 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm teak PCS 5* Clothes hanger 4 pcs 570 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm teak PCS 5* Clothes hanger 6 pcs 790 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm teak PCS 5* Clothes hanger 2 pcs 350 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm White PCS 5* Clothes hanger 4 pcs 570 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm White PCS 5* Clothes hanger 6 pcs 790 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm White PCS 5* Clothes hanger 2 pcs 350 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm pine PCS 5* Clothes hanger 4 pcs 570 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm pine PCS 5* Clothes hanger 6 pcs 790 mm 5 mm 105/15 mm pine PCS 5* Clothes hanger Dekorativ Mini Essem Design Clothes hanger with turnable, casted hooks made of brass. The hooks are inset in a frame of varnished teak, white painted or varnished pine. Practical and decorative. Art. no. Description Length Height Depth unfolded/inset Colour Number of hooks Unit Pack Clothes hanger 190 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm White 2 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 320 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm White 4 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 460 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm White 6 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 190 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm teak 2 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 320 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm teak 4 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 190 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm pine 2 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger 461 mm 100 mm 54/12 mm pine 6 pcs PCS 5* Clothes hanger Essem Gustav Pipe made of anodized aluminium or billets in varnished birch. Wall attachment and hook in aluminium with knob in birch. Length 400 mm incl. two hooks. Art. no. Description Number of hooks Length Colour Unit Pack Clothes hanger 2 pcs 400 mm Alu/alu PCS Clothes hanger 2 pcs 400 mm Alu/birch PCS

79 Bracket for clothes closer With holder for a clothes bar diam 25 mm. Art. no. Description Measure Unit Pack Bracket 300x215 mm PCS 24* Hat rack Lena Hat rack in oiled acacia, single with a rod for gallows and 5 pcs hooks made of aluminium. Supplied unassembled in a carton. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Hat rack Lena 820 mm 240x310 mm Acacia PCS 1 Shoe shelf Lena Shoe shelf in oiled acacia, 2-level. Supplied unassembled in a carton. Art. no. Description Length Height x depth Colour Unit Pack Shoe shelf Lena 820 mm 350x310 mm Acacia PCS 1 Shoe rack, 2-level Elfa Shoe rack, 2-level. Ventilated shelf in platinum. Gables made of birch alternative walnut. 60 or 90 cm. Art. no. Description Length Width Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack, 2-level 930 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 930 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/walnut PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 620 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 620 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/walnut PCS 6* Platinum/birch Shoe rack, 1-level Elfa Shoe rack, 1-level. Plate. Gables made of birch alternative walnut. 60 or 90 cm. Art. no. Description Length Width Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack, 1-level 620 mm 341 mm 88 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Platinum/walnut Wallbands/hang standards Top Track Elfa BL A flexible shelving system for wall mounting. Made of 2 mm cold-rolled steel. The c-c distance between the screw holes are 300 mm. The distance to the first screw hole is 100 mm (normal c-c distance between the joists in walls are 600 mm). Countersunk screw holes. Recommended when maximal flexibility is required. Hook the hang standard onto the track and slide them sideways into position. Epoxy lacquered. Top track Elfa white Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack BL mm White PCS BL mm White PCS 6* Top track Elfa Platinum Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack BL mm Platinum PCS BL mm Platinum PCS 2 Hang Standards Elfa H Made of 2 mm cold-rolled steel. Double slots, 32 mm. The hang standard H is recommended when the load is evenly placed along the whole hang standard. Can t be used in combination with the hang standard HS to the same shelf. Hang Standards Elfa white Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack H mm White PCS H mm White PCS H mm White PCS 6 Hang Standards Elfa Platinum Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack H mm Platinum PCS H mm Platinum PCS H mm Platinum PCS

80 Hang Standards Elfa HS A flexible shelving system for wall mounting. Made in three standard lengths of rectangular steel tubes (35x25x2 mm). Double slots, 32 mm. The hang standard HS is recommended for deep shelves, for heavier solutions. Can t be used in combination with the hang standard H to the same shelf. Art. no. Description Length Colour Rec. max. load/hang Unit Pack HS mm White 300 kg PCS HS mm White 300 kg PCS 2* HS mm White 300 kg PCS 2* Wallband Elfa V (Sparring) Permanent solution for wall mounting. Made in eight standard lengths of 2 mm cold-rolled steel. Double slots, 32 mm. Countersunk screw holes. Epoxy lacquered. Dimension: x25 mm. Recommendation: The wallband V is mounted with c-c 900 mm for normal loads. For storage of heavy items, reduce the c-c distance. Wallband Elfa white Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack V 32 3 mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS V mm White PCS 6 Wallband Elfa Platinum Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack V 32 3 mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS V mm Platinum PCS 6 Hanging screen fitting Elfa HBS Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Hanging screen fitting HBS 45 mm White PAC 15* Hanging board fitting Elfa HBT To be mounted on the Top track. Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Hanging board fitting HBT 45 mm White PAC 20* Expander G5 Elfa Mounting the Top track: Intended for 3-17 mm thick walls, single plasterboard or drywall. Use 10 mm drill bit. Insert the anchor. For the Top track do not use the grey spacer. Tighten the screw. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Expander G5 4 pcs PAC 10* Expander G6 Elfa Mounting the Top track: Intended for mm thick walls, double plasterboard or drywall. Use 10 mm drill bit. Insert the anchor. For the Top track do not use the grey spacer. Tighten the screw. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Expander G6 4 pcs PAC 10* 1370

81 Screw and plug Elfa Mounting the Top track, wood installation: Used for mounting into drywall over wood studs or directly into wood. Use 3 mm drill bit to drill a pilot hole the length of the bit. Discard the anchor. Tighten the screw. Mounting the, concrete, brick etc: Used for mounting into masonry, concrete, brick etc. Use 8 mm masonry drill bit to drill hole. Insert anchor. Tighten the screw. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Screw and plug 10 pcs PAC 10* Uprights Elfa DS2 for shelving system Freestanding flexible shelving system. Made in different standard lengths of rectangular steel tubes (45x25x2 mm). Double slots, 32 mm. Plastic lid on top. Adjustable foot. Suitable for the hole dimension of the Foot F and for middle section Connecting brace Z 90. Intended for normal loads. Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Uprights DS2 00 mm White PCS 2* Uprights DS mm White PCS 2* Foot F Elfa for uprights DS2, DS8 Freestanding flexible shelving system. Made in three standard lengths. Adjustable, levelers on the bottom accommodate uneven floors. Attachment for uprights are included. Epoxy lacquered. For a double sided shelf, two feet per upright. 2 pcs half thread M6x70 mm for mounting DS2. 2 pcs half thread M6x90 mm for mounting DS8. Art. no. Description Measure lxh Colour Unit Pack Foot for uprights 250 x 200 mm White PCS Foot for uprights 400 x 200 mm White PCS Foot for uprights 500 x 200 mm White PCS 2 Connecting brace Elfa Z90 Freestanding flexible shelving system. Made in one standard length, for middle sections and for end sections. For section width c-c 900 mm. Attachment for uprights are included. Epoxy lacquered. Two braces per section. 4 pcs M5x50 for mounting with DS2. 8 pcs M5x50 for mounting with DS8. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Connecting brace Z mm White PCS 2 Wall attachment Elfa VF Freestanding flexible shelving system. Recommended when the load is not evenly placed against the wall. Will be fixed to the freestanding shelving system, and placed on the wall. For uprights 15 mm distance to wall. Screw hole 4 mm. Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Wall attachment VF White PCS 1 Foot fitting Elfa SVD, SVE Freestanding flexible shelving system. Screw hole 4 mm. Epoxy lacquered. SVD doubleside for bottom shelf or cabinet mounted on foot F. SVE singlesided for bottom shelf or cabinet mounted on foot F. Art. no. Description Type Colour Unit Pack Foot fitting SVE Single White PCS Foot fitting SVD Double White PCS 1 Hang fittings Elfa (U40) For hang standards. The pack contain one left and one right fitting. Screw hole 6 mm. Electro galvanized. Art. no. Description Application Type Contents Unit Pack Hang fittings U40 DIY Electro galvanized Right+left 2 pcs PAC Hang fittings U40 Electro galvanized Right - ST Hang fittings U40 Electro galvanized Left - ST 1 Shelf basket divider Elfa FK Made of wire. Intended for shelf basket TK. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Shelf basket divider FK Galvanized PCS

82 Brackets Bracket Elfa K, straight Made in seven standard lengths. Epoxy lacquered. Bracket Elfa white Art. no. Description Length Max. load Colour Unit Pack K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS K mm approx. 55 kg White PCS 10 Bracket Elfa platinum Art. no. Type Length Max. load Colour Unit Pack K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS K mm approx. 55 kg Platinum PCS 10 Bracket Elfa KF, reinforced Made in different standard lengths. Intended for deep, well fastened shelves. Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Max. load Colour Unit Pack KF mm approx. 95 kg White PCS KF mm approx. 80 kg White PCS 10* KF mm approx. 95 kg Platinum PCS 10 Bracket Elfa KL, slanting Slanting 25. Made in different standard lengths. Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack KL mm White PCS 10* KL mm White PCS KL mm White PCS 10* KL mm Platinum PCS 10 Bracket Elfa KM, with closet rod holder For horizontal shelves. For holder with locking screws for rods 25 mm. Recommendation, maximum load 30 kg in the bracket end (recommendation. maximum load for rods c/c 900 mm=60 kg). Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack KM mm White PCS KM mm Platinum PCS 6 Bracket Elfa for shelves and shelf baskets Epoxy lacquered. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Bracket for shelves Elfa 320 mm White PCS Bracket for shelves Elfa 420 mm White PCS Bracket for shelves Elfa 5 mm White PCS Bracket for shelves Elfa 320 mm Platinum PCS Bracket for shelves Elfa 420 mm Platinum PCS Bracket for shelves Elfa 5 mm Platinum PCS 10 Bracket stop for solid shelf bracket Elfa (T10) The bracket stop are intended for 370 mm and 470 mm straight brackets. Art. no. Description Length Finish Contents Unit Pack Bracket stop T10 DIY 100 mm Galvanized 4 pcs PAC 10* Shelf end Elfa GA Intended for wooden shelves and hooked in the wallband. Left- and right mounting. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Shelf end GA25 Right 250 mm 5 mm PCS 5* Shelf end GA25 Left 250 mm 5 mm PCS 5* Shelf end GA30 Right 300 mm 5 mm PCS 5* Shelf end GA30 Left 300 mm 5 mm PCS 5* 1372

83 Book support with pegs Elfa (B84) Can be used on either side of the melamine shelves or as a divider. Art. no. Description Height Colour Contents Unit Pack Book support B84 0 mm Brass - PCS Book support B84 DIY 0 mm Brass 2 pcs PAC 1 Book support angle shape Elfa (B82) The classic book support. Plate. Angle 90. Art. no. Description Width/depth Colour Unit Pack Book support B mm White PCS 5* Book support for hang standard or Sparring wallband Elfa (B85) Easy to move book ends, fits all hang standards, wallband and uprights. Galvanized is also used to the platinum items. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Book support B mm Galvanized PCS 10* Book support B mm White PCS 10* Book support B mm Galvanized PCS 20* Book support B mm White PCS 10* Book support B85 DIY 200 mm Galvanized PAI 1 Book support with clips Elfa (B87) Max. thickness on the shelves 20 mm. Art. no. Description Application Height Colour Unit Pack Book support B87 Left 200 mm White PCS 5* Book support B87 Right 200 mm White PCS 5* Book support B87 DIY Left+Right 200 mm White PAI 1 Shelf pins S3 Elfa Used for a quick and easy fitting underneath the shelves. Steel nails with a plastic head. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Shelf pins S3 White 10 pcs PAC 15* Shelf joiners S2 Elfa Intended when two shelves or cabinets need a joining over a bracket. The screws are included. Stove enamel finish. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Shelf joiners S2 White 6 pcs PAC 10* Bracket screw Elfa Intended for melamin shelves on the bracket, no gliding. 20 screws per pack: 10 pcs 3,5x51 mm, 10 pcs 3,5x38 mm. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Bracket screw 20 pcs PAC 15* Bracket cover Elfa The bracket cover is used for covering the side of the bracket and creates a more finished look. Art. no. Description Measure L x W x H Colour Unit Pack Bracket cover left 320 x 8 x mm White PCS 100* Bracket cover left 320 x 8 x mm Platinum PCS 100* Bracket cover right 320 x 8 x mm White PCS 100* Bracket cover right 320 x 8 x mm Platinum PCS 100* Bracket cover left 420 x 8 x mm White PCS 100* Bracket cover left 420 x 8 x mm Platinum PCS 100* Bracket cover right 420 x 8 x mm White PCS 100* Bracket cover right 420 x 8 x mm Platinum PCS 100* White right 1373

84 Melamine shelves/accessories Melamine shelf Elfa White melamine faced particle board, 18 mm, with edging all round. Art. no. Description Length Width Unit Pack Melamine shelf 900 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 900 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 900 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 2480 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 2480 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 2480 mm 600 mm PCS 2 Melamine shelf Elfa VS High quality board for heavier solutions. White melamine faced particle board, 18 mm, with edging all round. Thickness 19 mm. Art. no. Description Length Width Unit Pack Melamine shelf 900 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 900 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 900 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 900 mm 500 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1200 mm 500 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 250 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 300 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 400 mm PCS Melamine shelf 1800 mm 500 mm PCS 3 Wire shelf Elfa You need at least two brackets to mount a 900 mm elfa-shelf and at least three brackets to mount a 1830 mm elfa-shelf. Elfa shelf white Art. no. Description Length Width Colour Unit Pack Wire shelf 600 mm 305 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 305 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 1210 mm 305 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 305 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 600 mm 405 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 405 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 1210 mm 405 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 405 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 500 mm White PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 500 mm White PCS 3* Elfa shelf platinum Art. no. Description Length Width Colour Unit Pack Wire shelf 600 mm 305 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 305 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 1210 mm 305 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 305 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 600 mm 405 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 405 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 1210 mm 405 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 405 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 900 mm 500 mm Platinum PCS 5* Wire shelf 18 mm 500 mm Platinum PCS 3* Closet rod holder Elfa The closet rod holders are intended to use in combination with brackets for the elfa-shelf. The holders are placed in the end of each rod with 91 cm interval along the length of the rod. Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Closet rod holder White PCS Closet rod holder Platinum PCS

85 Utility hook Elfa A useful hook that snaps onto the front and back edges of a wire shelf or the front of a shelf basket. Art. no. Description Height Width Length Colour Contents Unit Pack Utility hook 80 mm 23 mm 30 mm White 3 pcs PAC 10* Closet rod Elfa Art. no. Description Length Diam. Colour Unit Pack Closet rod 905 mm 25x0,7 mm White PCS 10* Closet rod 1830 mm 25x0,7 mm White PCS 10* Closet rod 905 mm 25x0,7 mm Chrome PCS 10* Closet rod 1830 mm 25x0,7 mm Chrome PCS 10* Strip for edges Stripe with melting glue for particle boards. The stripe will be fixed with a flat-iron. For flat and good-looking edges without filler. Can be painted. Material: Polyester. White. Art. no. Description Width Length Unit Pack Strip for edges mm 5 m PCS 50* Strip for edges 19 mm 5 m PCS 50* Strip for edges 22 mm 5 m PCS 50* Drawer unit system Standard Drawer unit system Elfa Standard A flexible drawer unit system, suitable for both wardrobs, laundry room, the childrens room e.g. Drawers and frames create a perfect unit for storage. Use the elfa-drawers to store almost everything: toys, clothes, office equipments, kitchen equipments, bedclothes and tools. The drawer frames with the same width and depth can be combined upwards. Crossbars: Set with 2 T-attach and 2 L-attach. Extension kit: Crossbars with 2 T-attach for further variety of hights. Accessories: Top shelf, universal runners, runners, closet rod holder, back stops, set of castors, clips, frame feet, label holder. Pair of frames Elfa Art. no. Description Type Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Pair of frames 4-runner pair 535 mm 440 mm White PAC 5* Pair of frames 7-runner pair 535 mm 740 mm White PAC 5* Pair of frames 10-runner pair 535 mm 1040 mm White PAC 5* Pair of frames 4-runner pair 535 mm 440 mm Platinum PAI 5* Pair of frames 7-runner pair 535 mm 740 mm Platinum PAI 5* Pair of frames 10-runner pair 535 mm 1040 mm Platinum PAI 5* Pair of frames Elfa Easyroll Art. no. Description Type Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Pair of frames Easyroll 7-runner pair 535 mm 740 mm White PAI 5* Pair of frames Easyroll 10-runner pair 535 mm 1040 mm White PAI 5* Pair of frames Easyroll 10-runner pair 535 mm 1040 mm Platinum PAI 5* Crossbars Elfa (basic kit) Art. no. Description Width Colour Unit Pack Crossbars Mini 250 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 350 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 450 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 550 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 350 mm Platinum PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 450 mm Platinum PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 550 mm Platinum PAC 5* 1375

86 Extension kit Elfa Art. no. Description Width Colour Unit Pack Extension kit 250 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit 350 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit 450 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit 550 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit 350 mm Platinum PAC 5* Extension kit 450 mm Platinum PAC 5* Extension kit 550 mm Platinum PAC 5* Drawer, 1-runner pair Elfa 1-runner pair drawer is ideal for store underwear, socks and other small items. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 85 mm deep occupy 1 runner in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer 1-runner pair 227 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer, 2-runner pair Elfa 2-runner pair drawers is ideal for store t-shirts, jeans and sweaters. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 185 mm deep occupy 2 runner in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer 2-runner pair 227 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, 3-runner pair Elfa 3-runner pair drawers are excellent as a clothes basket or for storage of large items as blankets e.g. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 285 mm deep occupy 3 runners in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer 3-runner pair 227 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer 3-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Mesh Drawer, 1-runner pair Elfa 1-runner pair drawer is ideal for store underwear, socks and other small items. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 85 mm deep occupy 1 runner in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 85 mm White PCS 15* Mesh Drawer, 2-runner pair Elfa 2-runner pair drawers is ideal for store t-shirts, jeans and sweaters. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 185 mm deep occupy 2 runners in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 185 mm White PCS 9* 1376

87 Mesh Drawer, 3-runner pair Elfa 3-runner pair drawers are excellent as a clothes basket or for storage of large items as blankets e.g. Use drawer back stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Drawers that are 285 mm deep occupy 3 runners in the frame. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 3-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 285 mm White PCS 7* Drawer frame Elfa Drawer frames for mounting in elfa shelves system. Pull-out function. Available in two widths; 45 and 55 cm. Note!! In the drawer frame 45 suits only Mini drawers. Mini drawers are not available in mesh. In the drawer frame 55 suits only drawers with a measure of 527x427 mm. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer frame mm 430 mm 22 mm White PCS 5* Drawer frame mm 430 mm 22 mm Platinum PCS 5* Drawer frame mm 430 mm 22 mm White PCS 5* Drawer frame mm 430 mm 22 mm Platinum PCS 5* Drawers for Drawer frames 55 Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 7* Drawer, mesh 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 7* Drawers for Drawer frames 45 Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer, mini 427 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Gliding pant rack Elfa Pull-out hanger that is mounted on the brackets. Available in two widths. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Gliding pant rack mm 430 mm 22 mm White PCS 5* Gliding pant rack mm 430 mm 22 mm Platinum PCS 5* Gliding pant rack mm 430 mm 22 mm White PCS 5* Gliding pant rack mm 430 mm 22 mm Platinum PCS 5* Flat shelf Elfa The flat shelf work as a pull-out shelf. The shelf provides ideal storage for folded clothes as t-shirts and jeans, bedclothes, towels as well as newspapers. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Colour Unit Pack Flat shelf 1-runner pair 227 mm 527 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm Platinum PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm Platinum PCS 10* Flat shelf 1-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm Platinum PCS 10* 1377

88 Bottle- and Shoe rack Elfa Usable in the kitchen for wine bottles or in the wardrobe for storage of shoes. The shoe rack with width 327 mm has space for up to three pairs of ladies shoes or two pairs of men s shoes. The shoe rack with width 527 mm has space for up to six pairs of ladies shoes or five pairs of men s shoes. Each shoe rack need at least two runners in the drawer frame. Use drawer in/out stops. These prevent drawers from pulling out too far. Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 227 mm 527 mm 50 mm White PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 50 mm White PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 50 mm White PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 50 mm White PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 327 mm 527 mm 50 mm Platinum PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 427 mm 527 mm 50 mm Platinum PCS 5* Bottle-/Shoe rack 2-runner pair 527 mm 527 mm 50 mm Platinum PCS 5* Top shelf Elfa The top shelf gives you extra storage or work space on top of a drawer unit. Fasten the top shelf on top of the unit with adhesive tape, included in the package. Made of scratch-resistant, water-repellent and durable melamine. Art. no. Description Width Depth Thickness Colour Unit Pack Top shelf 350 mm 535 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Top shelf 450 mm 535 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Top shelf 550 mm 535 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Universal runners Elfa Use these runners to integrate the elfa drawers into your present wardrobe or kitchen cabinet. The fit in a space with an inner width of mm. Make sure the drawer can slide freely in the wardrobe. Screws for the assembly are enclosed in the package. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Universal runners 550 mm White PAC 20* Universal runners 550 mm Platinum PAI 20* Runners Elfa Equip a bench or a shelf with a drawer supplied with runners. Install the runners in the bottom of cupboards or shelves. Screws for the assembly are enclosed in the package. Fits in cupboards from Marbodal up until -83. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Runners 540 mm White PAI 25* Runners Elfa Equip a bench or a shelf with a drawer supplied with runners. Install the runners in the bottom of cupboards or shelves. Screws are included. Fits in cupboards from Marbodal -84, Kalmar -83, Nordbo, Intega and Tibro. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Runners Marbodal 535 mm White PAI 25* Runners Marbodal 535 mm White PAI 25* Closet rod holder for frame/frame, frame/wall Elfa Closet rod holder for frame to wall; this closet rod holder allows you to install a hanging storage between a drawer unit and a wall. Snap the closet rod into the holder. Closet rod holder for frame to frame; this closet rod holder allows you to install a closet rod between two drawer units. Snap in the rod and you have an instant hanging storage next to the drawers. Suitable for standard frames. Frame/wall Art. no. Description Type Colour Unit Pack Closet rod holder Frame/frame White PAC 6* Closet rod holder Frame/wall White PAC 6* Closet rod holder Frame/frame Silver PAC 6* Closet rod holder Frame/wall Silver PAC 6* Drawer in/out stops Elfa The stops prevent your drawers from sliding out too far and falling out. Snap them around a frame runner and the drawer. Use two stops per drawer, one of each side. Each package contains four stops. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack In/out stops White 4 pcs PAC

89 Set of casters for drawer system Elfa Add castors to your drawer unit for increased mobility and flexibility. They easily and securely snap onto the bottom of your frames. No tools are required. Each package contains four black castors. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Set of castors for drawer system White 4 pcs PAC 10* Set of castors for drawer system Black 4 pcs PAC 10* Frame connectors Elfa Use the frame connectors to join two drawer units. Snap them on to the drawer frame; two in the front and two in the back. They are easy to remove when you decide to separate the frames. Each package contains four connectors. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Frame connectors White 4 pcs PAC 10* Frame feet Elfa The feet will keep the bottom of your drawer unit from scratching your floor. Unless the unit has castors, no drawer unit should be without them. Each package contains four feet. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Frame feet White 4 pcs PAC 100* Frame feet Black 4 pcs PAC 10* Drawer label Elfa The label holders are designed to snap onto any elfa drawer for quick identification of the drawer contents. Simply write the contents of each drawer on one of the included labels and slide the labels into the holder. Snap the holder on to each drawer. Each package contains five labels and holders. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Drawer label 150 mm White PAC 50* Shoe rack Elfa Each rack stores two pairs of ladies or men s shoes. The hooks on the rack help to retain the shape of the shoe. Purchase several to line a side of your drawer unit with them. Hook it on to the side of the drawer unit or attach it to the wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Length Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack 515 mm 104 mm 128 mm White PCS 10* Hook rack Elfa The hook rack has five classic coat and hat hooks, perfect for everything from jackets and caps, to robes and towels to bath accessories and kitchen utensils. Hook it on to the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Hook rack Standard 525 mm 48 mm 106 mm White PCS 10* Hook rack Standard 525 mm 48 mm 106 mm Platinum PCS 10* Side basket Elfa The side basket is optimum for your small extra items. Excellent for store socks, scarfs and underwear in the wardrobe, toys in the children room, kitchen equipments and other accessories in the kitchen or toilet requisites e.g. in the bathroom. Hook it on to the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Side basket 515 mm 150 mm 136 mm White PCS 10* Side basket Standard 515 mm 150 mm 136 mm Platinum PCS 20* Tie and belt rack Elfa The tie and belt rack can hold several ties, belts, necklances etc. Hook that rack on the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Tie and belt rack 515 mm 52 mm 68 mm White PCS 10* Tie and belt rack 515 mm 52 mm 68 mm Platinum PCS 10* 1379

90 EasyGlider Elfa The EasyGlider is a set of runners for drawers, for use under the drawers. The runners are available in three widths. Install them on melamine or wood shelves or e.g. on the bottom of the wardrobes or closets. The package includes 1 pc EasyGlider, 4 pcs clips and 4 pcs screws. Art. no. Description Depth Width Height Colour Unit Pack EasyGlider mm 195 mm 32 mm White PCS 5* EasyGlider mm 295 mm 32 mm White PCS 5* EasyGlider mm 395 mm 32 mm White PCS 5* Drawer unit system Mini Drawer unit system Elfa Mini Mini is suitable in small spaces such as under the kitchen sink, in the cupboards or where frame sides with the standard depth can t be used. The drawer frames with the same width and depth can be combined upwards. Accessories: Top shelf, universal runners, closet rod holder, back stops, set of castors, clips, frame feet, label holder. Pair of frames Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Type Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Pair of frames 4-runner pair 440 mm 440 mm White PAI 5* Pair of frames 7-runner pair 440 mm 740 mm White PAI 5* Pair of frames 10-runner pair 440 mm 1040 mm White PAI 5* Pair of frames 4-runner pair 440 mm 440 mm Platinum PAI 5* Pair of frames 7-runner pair 440 mm 740 mm Platinum PAI 5* Pair of frames 10-runner pair 440 mm 1040 mm Platinum PAI 5* Crossbars Elfa Mini (basic kit) Art. no. Description Width Colour Unit Pack Crossbars Mini 250 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 350 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 450 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 550 mm White PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 350 mm Platinum PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 450 mm Platinum PAC 5* Crossbars Mini 550 mm Platinum PAC 5* Extension kit Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Width Colour Unit Pack Extension kit Mini 350 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit Mini 450 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit Mini 550 mm White PAC 5* Extension kit Mini 350 mm Platinum PAC 5* Extension kit Mini 450 mm Platinum PAC 5* Extension kit Mini 550 mm Platinum PAC 5* Drawer, 1-runner pair Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm White PCS 20* Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer Mini 1-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 85 mm Platinum PCS 20* Drawer, 2-runner pair Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm White PCS 15* Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* Drawer Mini 2-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 185 mm Platinum PCS 15* 1380

91 Drawer, 3-runner pair Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm White PCS 9* Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 9* Drawer Mini 3-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm 285 mm Platinum PCS 7* Flat shelf Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Type Width Depth Colour Unit Pack Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm White PCS 10* Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 327 mm 427 mm Platinum PCS 10* Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 427 mm 427 mm Platinum PCS 10* Flat shelf Mini 1-runner pair 527 mm 427 mm Platinum PCS 10* Universal runners Elfa Mini Art. no. Description Depth Colour Unit Pack Universal runners Mini 450 mm White PAC 20* Universal runners Mini 450 mm Platinum PAI 20* Top shelf Elfa Mini The top shelf gives you extra storage or work space on top of a drawer unit. Fasten the top shelf on top of the unit with adhesive tape, included in the package. Made of scratch-resistant, water-repellent and durable melamine. Art. no. Description Width Depth Thickness Colour Unit Pack Top shelf Mini 350 mm 435 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Top shelf Mini 450 mm 435 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Top shelf Mini 550 mm 435 mm 15 mm White PCS 5* Tie and belt rack Elfa Mini The tie and belt rack can hold several ties, belts, necklances etc. Hook that rack on the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Tie and belt rack Mini 415 mm 52 mm 68 mm Platinum PCS 10* Tie and belt rack Mini 415 mm 52 mm 68 mm White PCS 10* Hook rack Elfa Mini The hook rack Mini has a five classic coat and hat hooks, perfect for everything from jackets and caps, to robes and towels to bath accessories and kitchen utensils. Hook it on to the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Hook rack Mini 425 mm 48 mm 106 mm Platinum PCS 10* Hook rack Mini 425 mm 48 mm 106 mm White PCS 10* Side basket Elfa Mini The side basket is optimum for your small extra items. Excellent for store socks, scarfs and underwear in the wardrobe, toys in the children room, kitchen equipments and other accessories in the kitchen or toilet requisites e.g. in the bathroom. Hook it on to the side of a drawer unit or attach it to a wall or a door with screws. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Side basket Mini 415 mm 150 mm 136 mm Platinum PCS 10* Side basket Mini 415 mm 150 mm 136 mm White PCS 10* Walk-In Closet system Telescopic closet rod Elfa Install this handy closet rod underneath a melamine shelf. Art. no. Description Length Colour Unit Pack Closet rod 260 mm Chrome PCS Closet rod 360 mm Chrome PCS Closet rod 460 mm Chrome PCS

92 Hall basket Elfa Hall basket with six hooks. Extra storage for installation on walls or doors. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Hall basket with 6 hooks 500 mm 140 mm 300 mm White PCS 20* Letter basket Elfa Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Letter basket 390 mm 150 mm 300 mm White PCS 10* Closet basket Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Basket storage for installation on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. For washing- and cleaning detergent. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Closet basket 300 mm 150 mm 150 mm White PCS 1 Closet basket Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Basket storage for installation on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Closet basket, 2-level 330 mm 140 mm 330 mm White PCS 32* Closet basket, 3-level 330 mm 140 mm 520 mm White PCS 24* Closet basket, 4-level 330 mm 140 mm 700 mm White PCS * Closet basket, loose Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Mount the basket on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Closet basket, loose 350 mm 150 mm 110 mm White PCS 20* Deep basket Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Mount the basket on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Deep basket 350 mm 200 mm 150 mm White PCS 1 Basket Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Mount the basket on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. For washing-up liquid. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Basket 300 mm 150 mm 100 mm White PCS 5* Basket Elfa For household and offices. 2 spacious compartments. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Basket 310 mm 150 mm 540 mm White PCS 8* Magazine rack Elfa Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Magazine rack 515 mm 103 mm 232 mm White PCS 20* 1382

93 Shelf basket Elfa BaseMate 1 The shelf baskets require at least two of the brackets for elfa shelves and shelf baskets. Use the 320 mm deep brackets to install the shelf basket. Two shelf baskets can be joined together next to each other on one and the same bracket. Use dividers on each end and/or use several dividers to divide the whole shelf basket into sections. Art. no. Description Length Width Height Colour Unit Pack Shelf basket 902 mm 337 mm 96 mm Platinum PCS 5* Shelf basket 902 mm 337 mm 96 mm White PCS 5* Shelf basket 607 mm 437 mm 96 mm White PCS 5* Shelf basket 607 mm 437 mm 96 mm Platinum PCS 5* Dividers 334 mm - 95 mm Transparent PAC 10* Dividers 427 mm - 95 mm Transparent PAC 10* Utility hook Elfa BaseMate 6 Snap the utility hook onto the elfa shelf or a shelf basket. Each package contains three hooks. Art. no. Description Measure (lxwxh) Colour Unit Pack Utility hook 80x23x30 mm Platinum PAC 10* Hook Elfa Hook in galvanized application. Mount the basket on the inside of the closet door or on the wall. Screws are not included in the package. Art. no. Description Unit Pack Hook PCS 100 Wall baskets Elfa Epoxy lacquered steel. Use the baskets for accessories in your wardrobe, for gloves and caps in the hall, or for ingredients in your kitchen. You can snap them onto a hang standard or Sparring wallband in your present storage or create a new storage with a Sparring wallband anywhere. The baskets are available in three sizes. The kit contains; 1 pc of each small, medium or large basket and 1 pc rack, 636 cm long. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Wall baskets kit 435 mm 134 mm 670 mm Platinum PCS Wall basket Small 435 mm 79 mm 70 mm White PCS 10* Wall basket Small 435 mm 79 mm 70 mm Platinum PCS 10* Wall basket Medium 435 mm 104 mm 70 mm White PCS 10* Wall basket Medium 435 mm 104 mm 70 mm Platinum PCS 10* Wall basket Large 435 mm 134 mm 140 mm White PCS 10* Wall basket Large 435 mm 134 mm 140 mm Platinum PCS 10* Wall rack for CD, DVD, Video tapes Elfa Use the racks to store your CD s, DVD s or video tapes efficiently. You can snap the rack onto a hang standard or Sparring wallband in your present storage or create a new storage with a Sparring wallband anywhere. The kit contains; 2 wall racks, 1 wall band and 1 package with screws. Combine with door fittings for mounting on the back of the inner doors. Doorthickness 40 mm. Art. no. Description Width Depth Height Colour Unit Pack CD Basket 435 mm 8 mm 70 mm White PCS 10* CD Basket 435 mm 8 mm 70 mm Platinum PCS 10* DVD Basket 435 mm 1 mm 70 mm White PCS 10* DVD Basket 435 mm 1 mm 70 mm Platinum PCS 10* Video tape basket 435 mm 146 mm 70 mm White PCS 10* Video tape basket 435 mm 146 mm 70 mm Platinum PCS 10* Door fittings above & below 68 mm 150 mm White PCS 8* Door fittings above & below 68 mm 150 mm Platinum PCS 8* CD Kit, Wall rack 435 mm 8 mm 412 mm Platinum PCS 8* DVD Kit, Wall rack 435 mm 1 mm 412 mm White PCS 8* Pipes/accessories Pipe/Closet rod Chromed or PVC-coated. Art. no. Description Length Diam. Colour Unit Pack Rod 5000 mm 25x0,7 mm White Rod 5000 mm 25x0,7 mm Chrome

94 Central holder for closet rod Elfa This rod holder allows you to install an extra long hanging storage between walls and/or drawer units, or to combine two rods in one central holder. Install the holder in the middle of the entire length of the hanging spaces. The package contains a central holder and screws. Art. no. Description Diam. Colour Contents Unit Pack Central holder 25 mm White 10 pcs PCS 10* Central holder 25 mm Silver 10 pcs PCS 10* Closet rod holder for wall/wall Elfa This closet rod holder allows you to install a closet rod (diameter 25 mm) between two walls. Made of plastic. Art. no. Description Colour Contents Unit Pack Closet rod holder White 2 pcs PAC 10* Closet rod holder Silver 2 pcs PAC 10* End caps for closet rod Elfa The end caps give a finished look to the closet rod. Snap a cap on each end of the rod. Each package contains two end caps. Art. no. Description Diameter Colour Contents Unit Pack End caps 25 mm White 2 pcs PAC 10* End caps 25 mm Black 2 pcs PAC 10* Holder for closet rod Art. no. Description Application For pipe-diameter Contents Unit Pack Holder for closet rod incl. screw Galvanized 25 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Side attachment 351 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application For pipe-diam Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Pipe flange Polished aluminium 25 mm 4,0x25 mm 2 pcs PAC Pipe flange White lacquered aluminium 25 mm 4,0x25 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Holder for closet rod 759 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Length Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Holder for closet rod Polished aluminium 25 mm 77 mm 4,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Holder for closet rod White lacquered aluminium 25 mm 77 mm 4,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Clothes hook 5520 For mounting on closet rod. Art. no. Description Application For pipe-diam Unit Pack Clothes hook 5520 Polished aluminium 25 mm PCS Clothes hook 5520 DIY Polished aluminium 25 mm PAC 10 Other shelf accessories Shelf hook Art. no. Description Application Tap diam. Contents Unit Pack Shelf hook Brass plated 7 mm 8 pcs PAC 15 Bush for Shelf hook Art. no. Description Application Int. diam. Contents Unit Pack Bush for Shelf hook Brass plated 7.2 mm pcs PAC 15 Shelf hook Art. no. Description Application Diam. x length Contents Unit Pack Shelf hook Brass plated 5x17 mm 8 pcs PAC Shelf hook Galvanized 5x17 mm 8 pcs PAC

95 Shelf hook for glass shelf For glass shelves mounting. With rubber protection. Art. no. Description Tap diam. Contents Unit Pack Shelf hook for glass shelf 5 mm 4 pcs PAC 15 Shelf support wire Art. no. Description Measure Application Contents Unit Pack Shelf support wire 180x3 mm Galvanized 8 pcs PAC Shelf support wire 250x3 mm Galvanized 8 pcs PAC Shelf support wire 300x3 mm Galvanized 8 pcs PAC 10 Pipe/Closet rod Chromed or PVC-coated. Art. no. Description Length Diam. Colour Unit Pack Rod 5000 mm 25x0,7 mm White Rod 5000 mm 25x0,7 mm Chrome 5 Start package Basic 74, 104 Elfa 74-45: 2 pcs frame sides, 7-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pc drawer 45/1. 3 pcs drawers 45/ : 2 pcs frame sides, 10-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pcs drawers 45/ : 2 pcs frame sides, 7-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pc drawer 55/1. 3 pcs drawers 55/ : 2 pcs frame sides, 10-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pcs drawers 55/2. Article : 2 pcs frame sides, 7-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pcs drawers 55/2. Art. no. Description Height Width Depth Colour Unit Pack Elfa-Basic mm 450 mm 535 mm White PAC 12* Elfa-Basic mm 550 mm 535 mm White PAC 12* Elfa-Basic mm 550 mm 535 mm White PAC * Elfa-Basic mm 550 mm 535 mm White PAC * Elfa-Basic mm 450 mm 535 mm White PAC * Elfa-Basic mm 550 mm 535 mm Platinum PAC * Elfa-Basic mm 450 mm 535 mm Platinum PAC * Basic Kit Mesh 74 Elfa 74-45: 2 pcs frame sides, 7-runner pair. 1 pc basic kit crossbars pc drawer 45/1. 3 pcs drawers 45/2. Art. no. Description Height Width Depth Colour Unit Pack Elfa-Basic Mesh mm 450 mm 535 mm Platinum PAC * Cleaning set Cleaning set Elfa The set contains; 2 pcs traditional standards V96, 4 pcs brackets VS32, 1 pc elfa shelf, 1 pc elfa shelf basket, 2 pcs dividers for shelf basket, 1 pc cloth holder, 1 pc, broom holder and 1 pc towel holder. Art. no. Description Width Colour Unit Pack Cleaning set Elfa mm White PAC Cleaning set Elfa mm White PAC 1 Shoe rack Elfa Shoe rack Elfa A practical shoe rack, mounted in the hang standards. Art. no. Description Length Depth Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack 598 mm 194 mm 92 mm Platinum PCS 10* Shoe rack 598 mm 194 mm 92 mm White PCS 10* 1385

96 Platinum/birch Platinum/walnut Shoe rack, 2-level Elfa Shoe rack, 2-level. Ventilated shelf in platinum. Gables made of birch alternative walnut. 60 or 90 cm. Art. no. Description Length Width Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack, 2-level 930 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 930 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/walnut PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 620 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Shoe rack, 2-level 620 mm 325 mm 251 mm Platinum/walnut PCS 6* Shoe rack, 1-level Elfa Shoe rack, 1-level. Plate. Gables made of birch alternative walnut. 60 or 90 cm. Art. no. Description Length Width Height Colour Unit Pack Shoe rack, 1-level 620 mm 341 mm 88 mm Platinum/birch PCS 6* Tool holders Tool holder System Toolflex A flexible series of tool holders for the garage, the home workshop, the cleaning cupboard, the tool shed etc. Endures heavy load and is suitable for both round and edged handles. Excellent for both indoor and outdoor use. Tool holder Toolflex 502, 512, 522: Tool holder for mounting in Toolflex aluminium rail or with screws straight into the wall. (Available in three sizes: Diameter mm, mm and mm.) Aluminium rail Toolflex 90 cm: Aluminium rail for tool holder. The rail may be cut into desired length. The bracket is mounted by pushing it together and sliding it in from the side. Aluminium rail Toolflex 50 cm incl tool holder: Aluminium rail with 3 tool holders (2 pcs mm and 1 pcs mm). Aluminium rail Toolflex 90 cm incl. tool holder: Aluminium rail with 6 pcs tool holders (3 pcs mm and 2 pcs mm). Art. no. Description Design Measure Contents Unit Pack Tool holder 502 Plastic / black rubber mm 2 pcs PAC 20* Tool holder 512 Plastic / black rubber mm 2 pcs PAC 20* Tool holder 522 Plastic / black rubber mm 2 pcs PAC 20* Rail Aluminium 900 mm - PAC 10* Rail incl 3 brackets Aluminium/plastic 500 mm - PAC 10* Rail incl 5 brackets Aluminium/plastic 900 mm - PAC 10* Hook for rail Black plastic 5 pcs PAC 10* Tool holder Art. no. Description Design Dim Contents Unit Pack Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated 10 mm 5 pcs PAC Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated 13 mm 5 pcs PAC Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated mm 5 pcs PAC Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated 19 mm 5 pcs PAC Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated 25 mm 5 pcs PAC Spring clip incl. screw Zinc plated 32 mm 5 pcs PAC 10 Hose frames Including screws. Art. no. Description Design Unit Pack Hose frame for vacuum cleaner hose Zinc plated PAC 5 Brush holder 725 Z Art. no. Description Application Length Measure wall attachment Unit Pack Brush holder 725 Z Galvanized steel 190 mm 80x50 mm PCS Brush holder 725 Z incl. screw Galvanized steel 190 mm 80x50 mm PAC 5 Shaft holder Galvanized steel. Sturdy rubber grip. Art. no. Description Application Screw measure Unit Pack Shaft holder 204 incl. screw Galvanized 3,5x20 mm PAC

97 Window sill brackets Window sill bracket B 1 For inclined window, 45. The inclined brace foot pivoted 10% for deviated inclination. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bracket B 1 Steel white painted 120 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 1 Steel white painted 140 mm PCS 50* Window sill bracket B 3 Suitable for frame work and for highering the sill in relation to the attachment point. Supporting foot diam 29 mm in order to prevent puncture in gypsum plasterboard sections. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bracket B 3 Steel white painted 100 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 3 Steel white painted 120 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 3 Steel white painted 140 mm PCS 50* Bracket AH 3 Steel white painted 170,00 PCS 60* Window sill bracket B 5 For frame work and for outgoing windows where you wish to have the window sill at the same level as the window frame base piece. Supporting foot diam 29 mm; in order to prevent puncture in gypsum plasterboard sections. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bracket B 5 Steel white painted 100 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 5 Steel white painted 120 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 5 Steel white painted 140 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 5 Steel white painted 170 mm PCS 50* Bracket AH 5 Steel white painted 140 mm PCS 75* Window sill bracket B 5 Suitable for frame work and for outgoing windows where you wish to have the window sill at the same level as the window frame base piece top edge. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bracket B 5 Galvanized 100 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 5 Galvanized 120 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 5 Galvanized 140 mm PCS 50* Window sill bracket B 6 For frame work and for outgoing windows where you wish to have the window sill at the same level as the window frame base piece. Without support. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Bracket B 6 Steel white painted 120 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 6 Steel white painted 140 mm PCS 50* Bracket B 6 Steel white painted 150-GP mm PCS 50* Bracket B 6 Steel white painted 150 mm PCS 50* Window sill bracket - screw bracket Suitable when the space not allows angle brackets. Art. no. Description Application Length Max. load Unit Pack Bracket 050 Yellow chromed 115 mm 40 kg PCS 100* Bracket 050 Yellow chromed 145 mm 30 kg PCS 100* Window sill bracket 58 Art. no. Description Application A B C D E Unit Pack Bracket 58 Galvanized 100 mm 5 mm 110 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58 Galvanized 120 mm 185 mm 110 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58 Galvanized 140 mm 205 mm 120 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58 White 100 mm 5 mm 110 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58 White 120 mm 185 mm 110 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58 White 140 mm 205 mm 120 mm 175 mm 34 mm PCS 50* 1387

98 Window sill bracket 58/40 Art. no. Description Application A B C D E Unit Pack Bracket 58/40 Galvanized 100 mm 130 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58/40 Galvanized 120 mm 150 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58/40 Galvanized 140 mm 170 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58/40 White 100 mm 130 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58/40 White 120 mm 150 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket 58/40 White 140 mm 170 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 50* Bracket UV 2 White 90 mm 120 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 150* Bracket UV 2 White 110 mm 140 mm 120 mm 150 mm 34 mm PCS 150* Bracket UV 70 White 100 mm PCS 180* Bracket UV 150 White 180 mm PCS 100* Angle and shelf brackets Angle bracket R 90 Bended in 90 angle. Welded. Very high bearing strength. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket R 90 Steel white painted 150 mm 140 mm PCS 50* Bracket R 90 Steel white painted 180 mm 140 mm PCS 50* Shelf and bench bracket Shelf brackets for heavier interior, working benches in the garage, hobby rooms, recreation premises and day nursery. Bench bracket in schools, library, hospital, industries and sauna where supporting legs for benches are undesirable. Art. no. Description Application Height Length Max. load Unit Pack Bracket 053 Galvanized 300 mm 400 mm 300 kg PCS 10* Bracket 053 Galvanized 300 mm 500 mm 250 kg PCS 10* Bracket 053 Galvanized 300 mm 600 mm 200 kg PCS 10* Shelf bracket PN For lighter interior. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Width Unit Pack Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 75 mm 100 mm 30 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 100 mm 125 mm 35 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 125 mm 150 mm 35 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 150 mm 200 mm 37 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 200 mm 250 mm 39 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 250 mm 300 mm 50 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 300 mm 350 mm 50 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 75 mm 100 mm 30 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 100 mm 125 mm 35 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 125 mm 150 mm 35 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 150 mm 200 mm 37 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 200 mm 250 mm 39 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 250 mm 300 mm 50 mm PCS Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 300 mm 350 mm 50 mm PCS 20 Bracket For lighter interior. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Width Contents Unit Pack Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 75 mm 100 mm 30 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 100 mm 125 mm 35 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 125 mm 150 mm 35 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 150 mm 200 mm 37 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 200 mm 250 mm 39 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 250 mm 300 mm 50 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, white painted 300 mm 350 mm 50 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 75 mm 100 mm 30 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 100 mm 125 mm 35 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 125 mm 150 mm 35 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 150 mm 200 mm 37 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 200 mm 250 mm 39 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 250 mm 300 mm 50 mm 2 pcs PAC Bracket Sheet metal, silver grey 300 mm 350 mm 50 mm 2 pcs PAC 6 Angle bracket Welded square pipe. Provided with white end caps. Max. load 400 kg. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket Steel white painted 290 mm 260 mm PCS 12* Bracket Steel white painted 490 mm 410 mm PCS 10* 1388

99 Shelf bracket PN 6045, 6046, 6047 Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket 6045 Iron, white 150 mm 125 mm PCS 10* Bracket 6045 Iron, galvanized 150 mm 125 mm PCS Bracket 6046 Iron, white 200 mm 150 mm PCS 10* Bracket 6046 Iron, galvanized 200 mm 150 mm PCS Bracket 6047 Iron, white 250 mm 200 mm PCS 10* Bracket 6047 Iron, galvanized 250 mm 200 mm PCS 10 Shelf bracket PN 6080, 6081, 6082 In square pipe. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket 6080 Iron, white 150 mm 125 mm PCS Bracket 6081 Iron, white 200 mm 150 mm PCS Bracket 6082 Iron, white 250 mm 200 mm PCS 10 Shelf bracket PN 6001, 6002, 6021, 6022, 6023 Bracket made of steel. Max load approx. 250 kg. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket 6001 Iron, galvanized 250 mm 200 mm PCS Bracket 6002 Iron, galvanized 300 mm 250 mm PCS Bracket 6021 Iron, galvanized 300 mm 300 mm PCS Bracket 6022 Iron, galvanized 400 mm 300 mm PCS Bracket 6023 Iron, galvanized 550 mm 300 mm PCS 1 Shelf bracket PN U-profile. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket 6012 Iron, white 300 mm 300 mm PCS Bracket 6013 Iron, white 400 mm 300 mm PCS Bracket 6014 Iron, white 550 mm 300 mm PCS 1 Bracket 195, foldable Foldable. It carries an evenly distributed load of approx. 75 kg. Art. no. Description Application Length Height Unit Pack Bracket 195 Steel white painted 300 mm 5 mm PCS 10* Flap holder Right and left. Packed in pair. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Unfolded length Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Flap holder Nickel plated iron 250 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Step brackets Step brackets T-iron profiles. Ready for mounting - the holes are drilled for attachment in the wall and mark and for 5" plank intended for tread board. Available in three variations: 1 step+level, 2 step+level and 3 step+level. Step height 170 mm. Step depth 250 mm. Art. no. Description Application Total height Total depth Unit Pack Step bracket 1 step+level Galvanized 310 mm 640 mm PCS Step bracket 2 step+level Galvanized 480 mm 890 mm PCS Step bracket 3 step+level Galvanized 650 mm 1530 mm PCS 1 Table legs/support legs Support leg Beslag Design 4061 Adjustable approx. 20 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Support leg 4061 Stainless steel 35 mm 150 mm PCS Support leg 4061 Stainless steel 35 mm 200 mm PCS

100 Support leg Beslag Design 180 Adjustable approx. 10 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Support leg 180 Chrome 28 mm 100 mm PCS Support leg 180 Chrome 28 mm 150 mm PCS Support leg 180 Chrome 28 mm 200 mm PCS 1 Support leg Beslag Design 480 Adjustable approx. 10 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Support leg 480 White plastic 28 mm 150 mm PCS 1 Table leg Beslag Design 900 Adjustable approx. 22 mm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Table leg Chrome 50 mm 710 mm PCS Table leg Bright chrome 50 mm 710 mm PCS Table leg Chrome 50 mm 870 mm PCS Table leg Bright chrome 50 mm 870 mm PCS Table leg Chrome 50 mm 1100 mm PCS Table leg Bright chrome 50 mm 1100 mm PCS Mounting plate Alu-look - - PCS 1 Cupboard leg Adjustable leg of steel for cupboards and shelves e.g. Available in two lengths; 100 mm and 150 mm. The standard height is 150 mm. The leg is adjustable. Supplied complete with screws for outside mounting. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Height adjustment Screw measure Unit Pack Cupboard leg Steel 28 mm 100 mm +15 mm 4,5x mm PAC Cupboard leg Steel 28 mm 150 mm +15 mm 4,5x mm PAC 4 Cupboard leg A thick exclusive cupboard leg of satin steel. The leg is adjustable. The standard height is 150 mm. Supplied complete with screw and cover plate for bolt-through mounting on the inside. Screw Insex MI0x46 mm. For outside mounting the mounting plate art. no is used. Art. no. Description Material Diam. Height Height adjustment Unit Pack Cupboard leg Satin steel 50 mm 150 mm +30 mm PAC Mounting plate Satin steel 80x80 mm - PAC 4 Mounting plate For outside mounting. The mounting plate is intended for the cupboard leg art. no Supplied complete with screws TKX 4,5x mm. Art. no. Description Application Pin thread Measure Unit Pack Mounting plate Zinc coated steel M10 80x80 mm PAC 4 Cupboard leg Adjustable leg of steel for cupboards and shelves e.g. The leg is adjustable. Supplied complete with screws for outside mounting. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Height adjustment Screw measure Unit Pack Cupboard leg Bright chrome 25 mm 150 mm +10 mm 4,5xmm PAC

101 Floor protection/anti scratch felts Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 17 mm 20 pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 20 mm pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 28 mm 12 pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 38 mm 4 pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 20 mm 0 pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 28 mm 120 pcs PAC Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive 38 mm 40 pcs PAC 5 Art. no. Description Application Size Unit Pack Felt piece white Self-adhesive 150x95 mm PAC 10 Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Floor protection brown felt Self-adhesive 17 mm 20 pcs PAC Floor protection brown felt Self-adhesive 20 mm pcs PAC Floor protection brown felt Self-adhesive 28 mm 12 pcs PAC Floor protection brown felt Self-adhesive 38 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Furniture protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Anti scratch felts white Self-adhesive mm pcs PAC 10 Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 18 mm pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 22 mm 12 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 26 mm 8 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 37 mm 4 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 22 mm 120 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Tube attachment 26 mm 80 pcs PAC 5 Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Size Contents Unit Pack Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 50x20 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 18 mm pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 22 mm 12 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 26 mm 8 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 37 mm 4 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 18 mm 0 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 22 mm 120 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 26 mm 80 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/plastic Nail attachment 37 mm 40 pcs PAC 5 Floor protection Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 18 mm pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 22 mm 12 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 26 mm 8 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 30 mm 4 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 22 mm 120 pcs PAC Floor protection white felt/gliders Tube attachment 26 mm 80 pcs PAC 5 School hooks School hook och , inkl. skruv. Art. no. Description Application Measure H x W Screw measure Contents Unit Pack School hook 1021 Chrome 80x19 mm - - PCS School hook 1021 White lacquered 80x19 mm 5,0x30 mm 1 pc PAC School hook 1021 Chrome 80x19 mm 5,0x30 mm 2 pcs PAC

102 School hook , inkl. skruv. Art. no. Description Application Measure H x W Screw measure Unit Pack School hook 1020 Chrome 180x19 mm - PCS School hook 1020 White lacquered 180x19 mm 5,0x30 mm PAC School hook 1020 Chrome 180x19 mm 5,0x30 mm PAC 5 Single-/double hooks Single hook Beslagsboden B040, B041 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook B041 Polished brass 60 mm PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden B044, B045 Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook BK044M Satin chrome 50 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK044 Chromed brass 50 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK045M Satin chrome 80 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK045 Chromed brass 80 mm PCS 10* Design hook Beslagsboden BK060, NS390 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Single hook BK060 Polished chrome 45 mm PCS 10* Single hook NS390 Satin chrome 45 mm PCS 10* Design hook Beslagsboden BK061 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Single hook BK061 Polished chrome 45 mm PCS 10* Shelf hook Beslagsboden B070 Solid brass. Double. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Shelf hook double B070 Polished brass 56 mm PCS 10* Shelf hook double BK070 Chromed brass 56 mm PCS 10* Shelf hook double BK070M Satin chrome 56 mm PCS 10* Shelf hook Beslagsboden B071 Solid brass. Turnable. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Shelf hook turnable B071 Polished brass 44 mm PCS 5* Shelf hook turnable BK071 Chromed brass 44 mm PCS 5* Shelf hook turnable BK071M Satin chrome 44 mm PCS 5* Single hook Beslagsboden BK072, BN072M Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook BK072 Chrome 35 mm PCS 10* Single hook BN072M Satin nickel 35 mm PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden BK073, BN073M Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook BK073 Chrome 35 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK073M Satin nickel 35 mm PCS 10* 1392

103 Single hook Beslagsboden B221 - B229 Solid brass. Art. no. Single hook Application Height Contents Unit Pack Single hook B221 Polished brass 35 mm 2 pcs PAI 10* Single hook B222 Polished brass 53 mm 1 pc PCS 10* Single hook B223 Polished brass 73 mm 2 pcs PCS 10* Single hook B226 Antique brass 35 mm 2 pcs PAI 10* Single hook B227 Antique brass 53 mm 1 pc PCS 10* Single hook BA223 Antique brass 73 mm 1 pc PCS 10* Single hook BK221 Chromed brass 35 mm 2 pcs PCS 10* Single hook BK222 Chromed brass 53 mm 1 pc PCS 10* Single hook B228 White lacquered brass 35 mm 1 par PAC 10* Single hook B229 White lacquered brass 53 mm 1 pc PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden B230 - B234 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Height Contents Unit Pack Single hook B230 Polished brass 22 mm 2 pcs PAC 10* Single hook B231 Polished brass 28 mm 2 pcs PAC 10* Single hook B232 Polished brass 35 mm - PCS 10* Single hook B233 Polished brass 42 mm - PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden BK230 - BK234 Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook BK230 Chromed brass 22 mm PAI 10* Single hook BK231 Chromed brass 28 mm PAI 10* Single hook BK232 Chromed brass 35 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK233 Chromed brass 42 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK234 Chromed brass 50 mm PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden BK230M - BK234M Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook BK230M Satin chrome 22 mm PAI 10* Single hook BK231M Satin chrome 28 mm PAI 10* Single hook BK232M Satin chrome 35 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK233M Satin chrome 42 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK234M Satin chrome 50 mm PCS 10* Single hook Beslagsboden B245 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Single hook B245 Polished brass 38 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK245 Chromed brass 38 mm PCS 10* Single hook BX245 White lacquered brass 38 mm PCS 10* Single hook BA245 Antique brass 38 mm PCS 10* Single hook BK245M Satin chrome 38 mm PCS 10* Double hook Beslagsboden B246 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Double hook B246 Polished brass 44 mm PCS 10* Double hook BK246 Chromed brass 44 mm PCS 10* Double hook BX246 White lacquered brass 44 mm PCS 10* Double hook BK246M Satin chrome 44 mm PCS 10* Double hook BA246 Antique brass 44 mm PCS 10* Coat hook Beslagsboden B247 Solid brass. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Coat hook B247 Polished brass 110 mm PCS 10* Coat hook BK247 Chromed brass 110 mm PCS 10* Coat hook BX247 White lacquered brass 110 mm PCS 10* Coat hook BK247M Satin chrome 110 mm PCS 10* Coat hook BA247 Antique brass 110 mm PCS 10* 1393

104 Triple hook Beslagsboden B248 Solid brass. Triple hook, turnable. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Triple hook B248 Polished brass 82 mm PCS 5* Triple hook BA248 Antique brass 82 mm PCS 5* Triple hook BK248 Chromed brass 82 mm PCS 5* Triple hook BK248M Satin chrome 82 mm PCS 5* Coat hook single Beslagsboden B1011 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Single hook B1011 Chromed brass/oak 76 mm 50 mm PCS 5* Single hook B1011M Brushed chrome/oak 76 mm 50 mm PCS 5* Coat hook double Beslagsboden B1012 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Double hook B1012 Chromed brass/oak 120 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Double hook B1012M Brushed chrome/oak 120 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Coat hook, Quadruple hook Beslagsboden B1014 Bright chrome Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Quadruple hook B1014 Chromed brass/oak 120 mm 300 mm PCS 5* Quadruple hook B1014M Brushed chrome/oak 120 mm 300 mm PCS 5* Single hook Beslagsboden B1001 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Single hook B1001 Chromed brass/oak 80 mm 50 mm PCS 5* Single hook B1001M Brushed chrome/oak 80 mm 50 mm PCS 5* Double hook Beslagsboden B1002 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Double hook B1002 Chromed brass/oak 80 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Double hook B1002M Brushed chrome/oak 80 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Quadruple hook Beslagsboden B1004 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Quadruple hook B1004 Chromed brass/oak 80 mm 300 mm PCS 5* Quadruple hook B1004M Brushed chrome/oak 80 mm 300 mm PCS 5* Single hook Beslagsboden B1006 Art. no. Description Application Measure Unit Pack Single hook B1006 Chromed brass/oak 55 mm PCS 5* Single hook B1006M Brushed chrome/oak 55 mm PCS 5* Double hook Beslagsboden B1007 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Double hook B1007 Chromed brass/oak 40 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Double hook B1007M Brushed chrome/oak 40 mm 140 mm PCS 5* Quadruple hook Beslagsboden B1008 Art. no. Description Application Height Length Unit Pack Quadruple hook B1008 Chromed brass/oak 40 mm 315 mm PCS 5* Quadruple hook B1008M Brushed chrome/oak 40 mm 315 mm PCS 5* 1394

105 Coat hooks Coat hook 141 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 141 Alumninium 4,0x25 mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Coat hook 142 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Width Distance to wall Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 142 Aluminium 75 mm 30 mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Coat hook 77 and 83 Incl. screws. Art. no. Description Application Height Width Distance to wall Unit Pack Coat hook 77N Nickel plated 40 mm 83 mm 38 mm PAC Coat hook 77VL White lacquered 40 mm 83 mm 38 mm PAC Coat hook 83MP Polished brass 40 mm 83 mm 38 mm PAC 5 Coat hook Essem Mama Powder lacquered in black structure, bright white, red or aluminium nature. Casted in aluminium. Supplied in a carton incl. screw. Design: Jonas Bergfeldt. Art. no. Description Measure, LxHxD Colour Unit Pack Hook Mama 100x60x40 mm Black PCS 20* Hook Mama 100x60x40 mm White PCS 20* Hook Mama 100x60x40 mm Aluminium, nature PCS 20* Hook Mama 100x60x40 mm Red PCS 20* Coat hook Essem Papa Powder lacquered in black structure, bright white, red or aluminium nature. Casted in aluminium. Supplied in a carton incl. screw. Design: Stefan Borselius. Art. no. Description Measure, LxHxD Colour Unit Pack Hook Papa 30x120x55 mm Black PCS 20* Hook Papa 30x120x55 mm White PCS 20* Hook Papa 30x120x55 mm Aluminium, nature PCS 20* Hook Papa 30x120x55 mm Red PCS 20* Coat hook 140 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Width Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 140 Aluminium 75 mm 4,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Coat hook 102 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Mounting plate Unit Pack Coat hook Polished brass 55 mm 55 mm 36 mm PAC 5 Coat hook 82 PP=Pre-pack Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Coat hook 82N Nickel plated 125 mm PAC Coat hook 82VL White lacquered 125 mm PAC Coat hook 82MP Polished brass 125 mm PAC 5 Coat hook 6534 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Height Distance to wall Screw measure Unit Pack Coat hook 6534 Polished brass 130 mm 80 mm 3,5x20 mm PAC

106 Coat hook 98 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Distance to wall Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 98 Brass, nickel plated 20 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC Coat hook 98 Polished brass 20 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Coat hook 3 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Distance to wall Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 3 Polished brass 20 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Coat hook 3940 Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Distance to wall Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Coat hook 3940 Polished brass 39 mm 3,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Coat hook 3940 Nickel plated 39 mm 3,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC Coat hook 3940 White lacquered 39 mm 3,0x20 mm 2 pcs PAC 5 Hook Beslag Design 1278 Art. no. Description Application Measure HxWxD Unit Pack Coat hook 1278 Satin nickel 156x62x52 mm PCS 5* Coat hook 1278 Satin alu 156x62x52 mm PCS 5* Balcony hangers Balcony hanger 740 Foldable. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Wall attachment Unit Pack Balcony hanger 740 Galvanized iron 420 mm 50x55 mm PAC 6 Balcony hanger Foldable. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Length Wall attachment Unit Pack Balcony hanger Aluminium Grey 300 mm 80x20 mm PAC 6 Balcony hanger Foldable. Incl. stainless screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Wall attachment Screw measure Unit Pack Balcony hanger Stainless A2 440 mm 70x50 mm TKX A2 6,0x40 mm PAC 5 Handrail mounting Handrail bracket 86 JN For walls made of stone. Incl. screw for handrail. Technical specification Wall distance Wall washer diameter Stud bolts length Screw measure handrail 70 mm 48 mm 90 mm 3,5x25 mm Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Handrail bracket 86 Iron, nickel plated PCS Handrail bracket 86 DIY Iron, nickel plated PAC 5 Handrail bracket 87 JN For walls made of tree. Incl. screw for handrail and wall bracket. Technical specification Wall distance Wall washer diameter Screw measure handrail Screw measure wall 70 mm 48 mm 3,5x25 mm 4,0x40 mm Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Handrail bracket 87 Iron, nickel plated PCS 10* Handrail bracket 87 DIY Iron, nickel plated PAC

107 Handrail mounting 952 Technical specification Wall washer diameter Distance socket diameter x length Domed cap nut diameter Screw pin dim Flooring profiles Cover trim Duri Cover joints of level floor coverings. 45 mm 20x45 mm 25 mm 3/8"x120 mm alt. 150mm Art. no. Description Application Screw pin Unit Pack Handrail mounting 952 Brass, satin brushed 120 mm PCS Handrail mounting 952 DIY Brass, satin brushed 120 mm PAC Handrail mounting 952 DIY Brass, satin brushed 150 mm PAC 5 Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Cover trim 1 Gold 200 cm 40 mm PCS Cover trim 1 Gold 100 cm 40 mm PCS Cover trim 2 Gold 200 cm 30 mm PCS Cover trim 2 Gold 100 cm 30 mm PCS Cover trim 2 Silver 100 cm 30 mm PCS Cover trim 2 Silver 200 cm 30 mm PCS Cover trim 3 Silver 200 cm 25 mm PCS Cover trim 3 Silver 100 cm 25 mm PCS Cover trim 4 Gold 200 cm 25 mm PCS Cover trim 4 Gold 100 cm 25 mm PCS Cover trim 4 Silver 100 cm 25 mm PCS Cover trim 4 Silver 200 cm 25 mm PCS 12 Cover trim 1 Cover trim 2 Cover trim 3, 4 Edge trim Duri Metal. Anodized. Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Edge trim 5 Silver 200 cm 3,2x30 mm PCS Edge trim 5 Silver 100 cm 3,2x30 mm PCS Edge trim 6 Gold 200 cm 3,2x30 mm PCS Edge trim 6 Gold 100 cm 3,2x30 mm PCS Edge trim 43 Gold 200 cm 10x37 mm PCS Edge trim 43 Gold 100 cm 10x37 mm PCS Edge trim 42 Silver 100 cm 10x37 mm PCS Edge trim 42 Silver 200 cm 10x37 mm PCS 12 Edge trim 5, 6 Edge trim 42, 43 Edge trim Duri Metal. Anodized gold. Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Edge trim 26 Gold 200 cm 15x45 mm PCS Edge trim 26 Gold 100 cm 15x45 mm PCS Edge trim 26 Silver 100 cm 15x45 mm PCS Edge trim 26 Silver 200 cm 15x45 mm PCS 12 Edge trim Duri Metal. Anodized. Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Edge trim 22 Gold 100 cm 0-15X40 mm PCS Edge trim 22 Gold 200 cm 0-15X40 mm PCS

108 Stair nosing 14 Stair nosing Duri Metal. Anodized gold. Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Stair nosing 14 Gold 200 cm 27x27 mm PCS Stair nosing 14 Gold 100 cm 27x27 mm PCS Stair nosing 14 Silver 100 cm 27x27 mm PCS Stair nosing 14 Silver 200 cm 27x27 mm PCS Stair nosing 41 Gold 200 cm 25x15 mm PCS Stair nosing 41 Gold 100 cm 25x15 mm PCS Stair nosing 41 Silver 100 cm 25x15 mm PCS Stair nosing 41 Silver 200 cm 25x15 mm PCS 12 Stair nosing 41 Corner protection Duri Metal. Anodized gold. Art. no. Description Colour Length Measure Unit Pack Corner protection 12 Gold 200 cm 19x19 mm PCS 12 Ashtrays/litter bins Ashtray ground Intended for outdoor use outside entrances to public establishments, restaurants, etc. The cover is made of black weather resistant plastic with a galvanized steel plated vessel inside that may be pulled up for emptying. Due to a minimum of oxygen in the vessel, cigarette butts are extinguished very quickly which eliminates smoke emission. The safety kit includes an anchoring kit and wire to partly fasten the ashtray to the ground and partly to tie up the inner and outer vessels with the wire to prevent theft. Art. no. Description Height Diam. Unit Pack Ashtray ground 100 cm 25 cm PCS Security kit for Ashtray ground PCS 1 Litter picker 41 Intended for manual picking of garbage like paper, tins and bottles. The pincer made of steel is coated with rubber for a secure grip when picking tins and bottles. Art. no. Description Length Pincer opening Unit Pack Litter picker cm 12 cm PCS 1 Drawer handle Chest handle Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Unit Pack Chest handle Galvanized 103x85 mm 4,5x25 mm PAC 10 Trunk handles Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Unit Pack Trunk handles Galvanized 100x60 mm 4,0x20 mm PAC 10 Hatch handles Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure Screw measure Unit Pack Hatch handle Brass, nickel plated 82x54 mm 3,0x20 mm PAC

109 Pull handle/drawer handle Screws are included. Art. no. Description Application Length Screw measure Unit Pack Pull handle Sheet metal, black lacquered 125 mm 3,0x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, black lacquered 140 mm 3,5x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, black lacquered 5 mm 3,5x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, black lacquered 200 mm 4,5x25 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, nickel plated 125 mm 3,0x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, nickel plated 140 mm 3,5x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, nickel plated 5 mm 3,5x20 mm PAC Pull handle Sheet metal, nickel plated 200 mm 4,5x25 mm PAC 5 Pull handle/drawer handle Excl. screw. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Pull handle Black polyamide 145 mm PAC 5 Footstep/handle A combined handle and fotsteg in black strong polyamide plastic. Suitable for vehicle and boats etc. Excl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Max pull Max pressure c/c measure Unit Pack Footstep/handle Black polyamide 500 kg 400 kg 140 mm PAC 5 Screw snap-off for handles/knobs A snap-off screw for knobs and drawer handles. Cuttable. Art. no. Description Application L max-min G Contents Unit Pack Screw for knops/handles Galvanized mm M4 10 pcs PAC 10 Handle Beslag Design 3449 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 3449 Oxide 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 3449 Pewter 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 2461 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 2461 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 2461 Oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 2461 Pewter oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 2530 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 2530 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 2530 Oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 2530 Pewter oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 2532 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Cup Pull 2532 Oxide 64 mm PCS 30* Cup Pull 2532 Pewter oxide 64 mm PCS 30* Cup Pull 2532 Satin chrome 64 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 1289 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 1289 Brass 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1289 Oxide 96 mm PCS 30* 1399

110 Handle Beslag Design 1353 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 1353 Nickel plated 87 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 Brass 87 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 Black 87 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 White 87 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 Nickel plated 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 Brass 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1353 White 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 2284 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 2284 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 6210 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 6210 Antique 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0517 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0517 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0523 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0523 Chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 0523 Black 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 644 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 644 Alu-look 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 644 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 644 Black 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 735 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 735 Alu-look 64 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 735 Alu-look 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 735 Alu-look 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 8443 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 8443 Brass 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 8443 Oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 8443 Pewter 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 8443 Forging 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-2 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-2 Beech 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-2 Beech 96 mm PCS 30* 1400

111 Handle Beslag Design A-1 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-1 Beech 87 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-1 Beech 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-1 Oak 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-1 Pine 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-1 White 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-3 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-3 Beech 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-5 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-5 Beech 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-5 Oak 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle A-5 White 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-11 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-11 Beech 96 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-26 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-26 Beech 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design A-31 Wood. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle A-31 Oak 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0715 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0715 Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0140 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0140 Alu-look 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 0140 Satin nickel 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 799 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 799 Satin nickel 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 799 Satin nickel 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 799 Satin chrome 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 799 Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0143 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0143 Chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 0143 Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* 1401

112 Handle Beslag Design 794 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 794 Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 303 C Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 303 C Alu-look 128 mm PCS 30* Cup Pull Beslag Design 4010 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Cup Pull 4010 Satin chrome 64 mm PCS 30* Cup Pull Beslag Design 40 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Cup Pull 40 Oxide 64 mm PCS 30* Cup Pull 40 Pewter oxide 64 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 4024 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 4024 Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle Satin chrome 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design RF-A Steel. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle RF-A Stainless 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle RF-A Stainless 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle RF-A Stainless 192 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design RF-B Steel. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle RF-B Stainless 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle RF-B Stainless 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle RF-B Stainless 192 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 9506, 9507, SS-C Steel. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 9506 Stainless, solid 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle SS-C Stainless 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle SS-C Stainless 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle SS-C Stainless 192 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 1020 Steel. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 1020 Stainless 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 1020 Stainless 192 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0019 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0019 Alu-look 96 mm PCS 30* 1402

113 Handle Beslag Design 0112 Ara Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0112 Alu-look 96 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 0112 Alu-look 128 mm PCS 30* Drawer handle 0112 Alu-look 192 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 7861 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 7861 Alu-look 128 mm PCS 30* Handle Beslag Design 0037 Metal. Art. no. Description Application c/c measure Unit Pack Drawer handle 0037 Oxide 96 mm PCS 30* Knobs Beslag Design Screw snap-off for handles/knobs A snap-off screw for knobs and drawer handles. Cuttable. Art. no. Description Application L max-min G Contents Unit Pack Screw for knops/handles Galvanized mm M4 10 pcs PAC 10 Knob Made of acrylic plastic. For wardrobes etc. Incl. screw. Art. no. Application Diam. Height Contents Unit Pack White 40 mm 35 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Knob Beslag Design 580 Plastic. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 580 White 40 mm 35 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 2538 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2538 Satin chrome 35x25 mm 31 mm PCS 30* Knob 2538 Oxide 35x25 mm 31 mm PCS 30* Knob 2538 Pewter oxide 35x25 mm 31 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design Lillan Wood. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob Lillan White 38 mm 35 mm PCS 30* Knob Lillian Beech 38 mm 35 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design Rillan Wood. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob Rillan Beech 44 mm 34 mm PCS 30* Knob Rillan Oak 44 mm 34 mm PCS 30* Knob Rillan Pine 44 mm 34 mm PCS 30* Knob Rillan White 44 mm 34 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design SP-1 White knob of porcelain with gold embellish ring. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob SP-1 White/Gold 38 mm 28 mm PCS 30* 1403

114 Knob Beslag Design SP-5 Knob made of porcelain with metallic foot. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob SP-5 White/chrome 30 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob SP-5 White/oxide 30 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 0613 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 0613 Forging 31 mm 29 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 2038 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2083 Alu-look 34 mm 28 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 840 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 840 Satin chrome 25 mm 25 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 2918 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2918 Brass 36 mm 28 mm PCS 30* Knob 2918 Oxide 36 mm 28 mm PCS 30* Knob 2918 Pewter 36 mm 28 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design Lisa Wood. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob Lisa White 35 mm 25 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 9552 Steel. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 9552 Stainless 30 mm 35 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 8299 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 8299 Oxide 36 mm 25 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 9942 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 9942 Aluminium 14 mm 25 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 9928 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 9928 Aluminium 14 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 8701 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 8701 Pewter 35 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob 8701 Oxide 35 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob 8701 Satin chrome 35 mm 27 mm PCS 30* 1404

115 Knob Beslag Design 2079 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2079 Alu-look 44x27 mm 21 mm PCS 30* Knob 2079 Satin chrome 44x27 mm 21 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 2078 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2078 Chrome 28 mm 25 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design 2082 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2082 Oxide 31 mm 26 mm PCS 30* Knob 2082 Pewter oxide 31 mm 26 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design RF-G Steel. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob RF-G Stainless 25 mm 22 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design H-281 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob H-281 Alu-look 24 mm 23 mm PCS 30* Knob H-281 Satin chrome 24 mm 23 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design H-282 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob H-282 Chrome 22 mm 24 mm PCS 30* Knob H-282 Satin chrome 22 mm 24 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design H-300 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob H-300 Chrome 55 mm 20 mm PCS 30* Knob H-300 Satin chrome 55 mm 20 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design H-301 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob H-301 Chrome 30 mm 23 mm PCS 30* Knob H-301 Satin chrome 30 mm 23 mm PCS 30* Knob Beslag Design RF-F Stainless steel. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob RF-F Stainless 20 mm 28 mm PCS 30* Chrome Oxide Chrome Knob Beslag Design 2023 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2023 Satin chrome 28 mm 34 mm PCS 30* 1405

116 Luxury small 70 large Knob Beslag Design 2029 Metal. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Height Unit Pack Knob 2029 Black 28 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Knob 2029 Satin chrome 28 mm 27 mm PCS 30* Kitchen accessories Grocery cupboard Reda Cupboard of white painted wood. Smoke coloured plastic boxes. Straight in the front. Confirm to the swedish cupboard standard. Art. no. Description Width x height Depth incl handle Colour Unit Pack Grocery cupboard 760x120 mm 190 mm White painted PCS 10* Grocery cupboard Reda 70 The cupboard is hanging in a plastic frame. Smoke coloured plastic boxes. Straight in the front. Art. no. Description Width x height Depth incl handle Unit Pack Grocery cupboard x120 mm 190 mm PCS 10* Extra boxes for old Reda Luxury-cupboard, Reda 70 Transparent. Reda luxury, pointed in the front. Reda 70, straight in the front. Technical specification Grocery cupboard Volume Length Width Height Distance to wall, handle Luxury, small 0,25 l 140 mm 71 mm 47 mm 32 mm Luxury, medium 0,5 l 175 mm 71 mm 100 mm 35 mm Luxury, large 1,0 l 175 mm 133 mm 100 mm 35 mm 70, medium 0,5 l 150 mm 72 mm 98 mm 32 mm 70, large 1,0 l 150 mm 147 mm 98 mm 32 mm Art. no. Description Colour Unit Pack Grocery cupboard Luxury, small Bright PCS 200* Grocery cupboard Luxury, medium Bright PCS 90* Grocery cupboard Luxury, large Bright PCS 50* Grocery cupboard 70, medium Smoke coloured PCS 100* Grocery cupboard 70, large Smoke coloured PCS 50* Paper holder Reda Plastic. Art. no. Description Colour Width Depth Unit Pack Paper holder White 246 mm 120 mm PCS 60* Paper holder Smoke coloured 246 mm 120 mm PCS 60* Furniture fittings/accessories Cupboard fitting Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Dimension Unit Pack Cupboard fitting Standard 55x45 mm PAC 5 Magnetic catch, single Holding power 4 or 6 kg. Incl. screw. PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Description Application Colour Total length Contents Unit Pack Magnetic catch 4 kg DIY Plastic White 45 mm 2 pcs PAC Magnetic catch 6 kg DIY Plastic White 45 mm 2 pcs PAC Magnetic catch 4 kg PP Plastic White 45 mm 20 pcs PAC 5* Magnetic catch steel Holding power 4 or 6 kg. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Total length Contents Unit Pack Magnetic catch 4 kg Steel nickle plated 46 mm 2 pcs PAC Magnetic catch 8 kg Steel nickel plated 46 mm 2 pcs PAC

117 Magnetic catch for recessed mounting Magnetic catch for recessed mounting. Holding power 12 kg. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Total length Contents Unit Pack Magnetic catch 12 kg Steel White 110 mm 1 pc PAC 5 Magnetic catch round Small magnetic catch. Holding power 2,5 kg. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Diameter Contents Unit Pack Magnetic catch 2,5 kg Steel White 12 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Magnetic catch, double Holding power 2x4 kg. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Total length Contents Unit Pack Magnetic catch 2x4 kg Plastic White 75 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Strike plate for magnetic catches Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Strike plate for magnetic catches 4 kg Galvanized PAC 10 Cupboard snap Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Contents Unit Pack Cupboard snap Nylon Grey 2 pcs PAC Cupboard snap Nylon Grey 20 pcs PAC 5* Ball catch Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Width Catch L x W Unit Pack Ball catch Brass 43 mm 7 mm 25x7 mm PAC Ball catch Brass 50 mm 7 mm 25x7 mm PAC 10 Noise buffer Filled with oil. Reduce noise when closing doors and drawers. Art. no. Description Application Drill diam. Drill depth Contents Unit Pack Noise buffer Grey plastic 10 mm Min 50 mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Adapter for Noise buffer Adapter for Noise buffer art. no Hole distance 32 mm. Universal type. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Hole distance Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Adapter for Noise buffer Grey plastic 32 mm 3,0x mm 2 pcs PAC 10 Steel corner bracket 501 Incl. screw. PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Description Application Width Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Steel corner bracket 501 Galvanized 22 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Steel corner bracket 501 PP Galvanized 22 mm 3,5x20 mm 40 pcs PAC 5* Steel corner bracket 501 White lacquered 22 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Steel corner bracket 502 Incl. screw. PP=Pre-pack. Art. no. Steel corner bracket Application Width Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Steel corner bracket 502 Galvanized 29 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC Steel corner bracket 502 PP Galvanized 29 mm 3,5x20 mm 40 pcs PAC 5* Steel corner bracket 502 White White lacquered 29 mm 3,5x20 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Plastic corner bracket Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Colour Outside measure Screw measure Contents Unit Pack Corner bracket Plastic White 27x27 mm 3,5x mm 4 pcs PAC

118 Cupboard hanger Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure L x W Contents Unit Pack Cupboard hanger Galvanized 58x13 mm 6 pcs PAC 15 Hanger 637 With keyholes attachment. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure L x W Contents Unit Pack Hanger Galvanized 38x25 mm 4 pcs PAC 15 Hanger 642 With keyholes attachment. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure L x W Contents Unit Pack Hanger Galvanized 32x13 mm 4 pcs PAC 15 Connecting fittings for furniture Sleeve nut made of brass. Art. no. Description Sleeve nut dim Threaded pin dim Contents Unit Pack Connecting fittings M6 M6x60 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Connecting fittings for furniture For mounting of table leg etc. Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Measure Contents Unit Pack Connecting fittings for furniture Steel/glavanized 105x50x1,5 mm 4 pcs PAC Connecting fittings for furniture Steel/galvanized 100x60x2 mm 4 pcs PAC 5 Fixing plate for table leg Plate for mounting of table leg etc. Incl. screw. In combination with threaded pin or screw pin. Art. no. Description Application Measure Thread Contents Unit Pack Fixing plate for table leg Steel/galvanized 103x75 mm M8 4 pcs PAC 5 Fixing plate 40 for table leg Plate for mounting of table leg etc. Incl. screw. In combination with threaded pin or screw pin. Art. no. Description Application Measure diam. Thread Contents Unit Pack Fixing plate round for table leg Steel/galvanized 40 mm M8 4 pcs PAC 5 Cross dowel Art. no. Description Application Measure Thread Contents Unit Pack Cross dowel Galvanized 10x12,5 mm M6 4 pcs PAC Cross dowel Galvanized 10x20 mm M6 4 pcs PAC Cross dowel Galvanized 10x30 mm M6 4 pcs PAC Cross dowel Galvanized 12x50 mm M8 4 pcs PAC 10 Connecting screw For and 19 mm frame. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Connecting screw Nickel plated 4 pcs PAC 10 Sleeve nut FN Art. no. Description Application Measure dim Contents Unit Pack Sleeve nut FN Insex Steel/nickel plated M6x14 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Sleeve nut brass Art. no. Description Application Measure dim Contents Unit Pack Sleeve nut Insex Brass M6x15 mm 4 pcs PAC Sleeve nut Insex Brass M6x19 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Dowel connector For joining boards. Hex hole with size of screw N4. Predrill 5 mm. Art. no. Description Application Measure dim Hole Predrill Contents Unit Pack Dowel connector Galvanized 7x40 mm 7 mm 5 mm 4 pcs PAC Dowel connector Galvanized 7x50 mm 7 mm 5 mm 4 pcs PAC Dowel connector Galvanized 7x70 mm 7 mm 5 mm 4 pcs PAC

119 Dowel connector Klix With Klix-locking. In combination with Cam ZAM. For mounting in a predrilled hole, 5 mm. Art. no. Description Application Measure diam x h Predrill Contents Unit Pack Dowel connector Klix Zamak 6x24 mm 5 mm 4 pcs PAC Dowel connector Klix Zamak 6x34 mm 5 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Cam ZAM In combination with dowel connector Klix. Art. no. Description Application Measure diam x h Plate thickness min Contents Unit Pack Cam ZAM Zamak 12x10,5 mm 12 mm 4 pcs PAC Cam ZAM Zamak 15x12 mm 15 mm 4 pcs PAC Cam ZAM Zamak 15x14 mm 19 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Drawer slides Complete drawer slides incl. system screw for 5 mm screw holes. Can also be mounted with screw made of wood. Art. no. Description Application Length Min cupboard depth Contents Unit Pack Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 300 mm 303 mm 1 pc PAC Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 350 mm 353 mm 1 pc PAC Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 400 mm 403 mm 1 pc PAC Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 450 mm 453 mm 1 pc PAC Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 500 mm 503 mm 1 pc PAC Drawer slides Créme White lacquer 550 mm 553 mm 1 pc PAC 5 Screw muff Technical specification Drill diam. for soft wood, plywood, particle board 9,4-9,9 mm 9,4-9,9 mm 12,6-13,3 mm Drill diam. for hard wood, MDF-plate 9,9-10,4 mm 9,9-10,4 mm 13,3-14,0 mm Measure 12x12 mm 12x15 mm x18 mm Art. no. Description Application Dim Contents Unit Pack Screw muff DIY Untreated steel M6 4 pcs PAC Screw muff DIY Untreated steel M6 4 pcs PAC Screw muff DIY Untreated steel M8 4 pcs PAC 10 Tee nut Art. no. Description Application Dim Drill diam. Contents Unit Pack Tee nut Galvanized M6 7,5 mm 4 pcs PAC Tee nut Galvanized M8 10,0 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Screw pin Art. no. Description Application Dim Contents Unit Pack Screw pin Galvanized M4x30 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M6x60 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M6x80 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M6x100 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M8x60 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M8x80 mm 4 pcs PAC Screw pin Galvanized M8x100 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Threaded pin Art. no. Description Application Dim Contents Unit Pack Threaded pin Galvanized M6x60 mm 4 pcs PAC Threaded pin Galvanized M6x80 mm 4 pcs PAC Threaded pin Galvanized M6x100 mm 4 pcs PAC Threaded pin Galvanized M8x60 mm 4 pcs PAC Threaded pin Galvanized M8x80 mm 4 pcs PAC Threaded pin Galvanized M8x100 mm 4 pcs PAC 10 Latch Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. Screw measure Unit Pack Latch Chrome 65 mm approx. 4 mm 3,0x mm PAC Latch Chrome 75 mm approx. 4 mm 3,0x20 mm PAC Latch Chrome 100 mm approx. 4 mm 3,0x20 mm PAC 10 Latch Beslagsboden B295, B296 Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Latch B295 Polished brass 75 mm PCS 10* Latch B296 Polished brass 100 mm PCS 10* 1409

120 Plates/symbols Toilet symbol Ladies, Gentlemen Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Toilet symbol Gentlemen Brushed brass 130 mm PCS Toilet symbol Ladies Brushed brass 130 mm PCS 1 Toilet symbol Handicap Art. no. Description Application Measure Unit Pack Toilet symbol Handicap Brushed brass 90x105 mm PCS 1 Toilet symbol Beslagsboden B285, B286, B289 Art. no. Description Type Application Measure Unit Pack Toilet symbol B285 Toilet Polished brass 97x35 mm PCS 5* Toilet symbol B286 WC Polished brass 97x35 mm PCS 5* Toilet symbol B287 Guest Polished brass 97x35 mm PCS 5* Toilet symbol B289 Bath Polished brass 97x35 mm PCS 5* House number Berjo Die-cast metal. Hidden mounting and distance sleeve. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 1 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 2 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 3 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 4 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 5 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 6 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 7 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 8 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 9 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House number no 0 Black 220x15 mm PCS 10* House letter Berjo Die-cast metal. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House letter A Black 110x15 mm PCS House letter B Black 110x15 mm PCS House letter C Black 110x15 mm PCS House letter D Black 110x15 mm PCS 1 House number Beslagsboden Smedbo Black lacquered wrought. Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 0 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 1 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 2 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 3 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 4 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 5 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 6 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 7 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 8 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 9 Black 150 mm PCS 3* House letter Beslagsboden Smedbo Black lacquered wrought. Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House letter A Black 120 mm PCS 3* House letter B Black 120 mm PCS 3* House letter C Black 120 mm PCS 3* 1410

121 House number Beslagsboden Villa Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Satin brass Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 0 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 1 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 2 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 3 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 4 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 5 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 6 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 7 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 8 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 9 Brushed brass 120 mm PCS 3* Oxidized Brass Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 0 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 1 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 2 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 3 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 4 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 5 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 6 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 7 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 8 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* House number no 9 Oxidized Brass 120 mm PCS 5* Brushed chrome Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 0 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 1 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 2 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 3 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 4 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 5 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 6 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 7 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 8 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House number no 9 Brushed chrome 120 mm PCS 3* House letter Beslagsboden Villa Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House letter A Brushed brass 105 mm PCS 3* House letter B Brushed brass 105 mm PCS 3* House letter C Brushed brass 105 mm PCS 3* House letter A Oxidized Brass 105 mm PCS 5* House letter B Oxidized Brass 105 mm PCS 5* House letter C Oxidized Brass 105 mm PCS 5* House letter A Brushed chrome 105 mm PCS 3* House letter B Brushed chrome 105 mm PCS 3* House letter C Brushed chrome 105 mm PCS 3* Mailbox number Beslagsboden Villa Complete delivered with machine screw, nut and wood screw. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Mailbox number no 0 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 1 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 2 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 3 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 4 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 5 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 6 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 7 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 8 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 9 Brushed brass 67 mm PCS 5* Brushed Oxidized Brushed chrome 1411

122 Mailbox letter Beslagsboden Villa Complete delivered with machine screw, nut and wood screw. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Mailbox letter A Brushed brass 40 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter B Brushed brass 40 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter C Brushed brass 40 mm PCS 5* House number, stainless Beslagsboden Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House number no 0 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 1 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 2 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 3 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 4 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 5 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 6 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 7 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 8 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House number no 9 Stainless 150 mm PCS 3* House letter, stainless Beslagsboden Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack House letter A Stainless 120 mm PCS 3* House letter B Stainless 120 mm PCS 3* House letter C Stainless 120 mm PCS 3* House letter D Stainless 120 mm PCS 3* Mailbox number, stainless Beslagsboden Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Mailbox number no 0 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 1 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 2 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 3 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 4 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 5 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 6 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 7 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 8 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox number no 9 Stainless 50 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter, stainless Beslagsboden Complete delivered with screws, distance sleeves and plugs. Art. no. Description Application Height Unit Pack Mailbox letter A Stainless 43 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter B Stainless 43 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter C Stainless 43 mm PCS 5* Mailbox letter D Stainless 43 mm PCS 5* Notice boards Information board TT Frame: Anodized aluminium profiles. Front material: 4 mm hardened glass. Grooved profiles for 12,7 mm text strip. Post-it in self-adhesive foil. The interior fitting may be varied as desired with double text strips, only a notice part, etc. Locking: Cylinder lock. Mounting with screw and plug, included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Height Number of rows For A4 For A5 Unit Pack Information board A 525 mm 385 mm 21 pcs 1 pc - PCS Information board B 525 mm 720 mm 28 pcs 2 pcs - PCS Information board B 525 mm 720 mm 42 pcs 2 pcs - PCS Information board C 720 mm 525 mm 30 pcs 2 pcs 2 pcs PCS Information board D 525 mm 525 mm 20 pcs 1 pc 1 pc PCS Information board D 525 mm 525 mm 30 pcs 1 pc 1 pc PCS Information board F 720 mm 720 mm 42 pcs 1 pc - PCS

123 TT Information board Frame: Anodized aluminium profiles. Front material: 2 mm unbreakable polycarbonate. Post-it in self-adhesive foil. Locking: Hidden lock. Mounting with screw and plug, included in the package. Art. no. Description Width Height Unit Pack Information board, without glass 615 mm 485 mm PCS Information board, with glass 615 mm 485 mm PCS 1 Tenant register Frame: Anodized aluminium profiles. Front with hinges. Front material: 3 mm acrylic glass. The interior fitting may be varied as desired with double text strips, only a notice part, etc. Notice: Grey enamelled steel NCS 2604G96Y with magnets. Self adhesive Post-it as addition. Locking: cylinder lock. Mounting with screw and plug, included in the delivery. Art. no. Description Width Height Number of rows For A4 For A5 Unit Pack Tenant register A mm 413 mm 21 pcs 1 pc - PCS Tenant register A mm 413 mm 14 pcs 1 pc - PCS Tenant register B mm 413 mm 21 pcs 1 pc - PCS Tenant register D mm 709 mm 39 pcs 2 pcs - PCS 1 Pins for information boards Metal with plastic heads. Transparent. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Pin 25 pcs PAC 36* Plastic letters White plastic. Art. no. Description Height Unit Pack Plastic letter A 13 mm PCS Plastic letter B 13 mm PCS Plastic letter C 13 mm PCS Plastic letter D 13 mm PCS Plastic letter E 13 mm PCS Plastic letter F 13 mm PCS Plastic letter G 13 mm PCS Plastic letter H 13 mm PCS Plastic letter I 13 mm PCS Plastic letter J 13 mm PCS Plastic letter K 13 mm PCS Plastic letter L 13 mm PCS Plastic letter M 13 mm PCS Plastic letter N 13 mm PCS Plastic letter O 13 mm PCS Plastic letter P 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Q 13 mm PCS Plastic letter R 13 mm PCS Plastic letter S 13 mm PCS Plastic letter T 13 mm PCS Plastic letter U 13 mm PCS Plastic letter V 13 mm PCS Plastic letter W 13 mm PCS Plastic letter X 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Y 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Z 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Å 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Ä 13 mm PCS Plastic letter Ö 13 mm PCS 100 Plastic numbers White plastic. Art. no. Description Height Unit Pack Plastic number no 1 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 2 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 3 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 4 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 5 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 6 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 7 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 8 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 9 13 mm PCS Plastic number no 0 13 mm PCS

124 Plastic signs/symbols White plastic. Art. no. Description Height Unit Pack Dot 13 mm PCS Comma 13 mm PCS Hyphen 13 mm PCS 100 Decorative rods/accessories Panel rod set Gardinia For panel curtains; assures smooth and straight hanging. Available in black, steel and silver complete with panel hanger. Art. no. Description Length Colour Diam. Unit Pack Panel rod 90-0 cm Black 19 mm PCS 5* Panel rod cm Black 19 mm PCS 5* Panel rod cm Steel 19 mm PCS 5* Panel rod 90-0 cm Silver 19 mm PCS 5* Panel rod cm Silver 19 mm PCS 5* Accessories Art. no. Description Colour Length Contents Unit Pack Panel hanger Black 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Panel hanger Steel 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Panel hanger White/Gold 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Panel hanger A-Brass 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Panel hanger Gardinia Art. no. Description Colour Length Contents Unit Pack Panel hanger Black 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Panel hanger Steel 45 cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Curtain rod adjustable Gardinia Single or double curtain rod. Incl. brackets. Art. no. Description Length Colour Wall distance Unit Pack Curtain rod adjustable single 90-0 cm White 6 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable single 90-0 cm White 9 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable single cm White 9 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable single 90-0 cm White 12 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable single cm White 12 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable double 90-0 cm White 9+12 cm PCS 10* Curtain rod adjustable double cm White 9+12 cm PCS 10* Extensions Gardinia Extensions to curtain rod. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Extensions White 90 cm PCS 10* Support hook Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Unit Pack Support hook White 6+9 cm PCS 10* Support hook White cm PCS 10* Wall bracket Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Wall bracket Zinc 2 pcs PAC 20* Curtain ring Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Curtain ring White 10 pcs PAC 10* Wooden curtain rod Gardinia Incl. finials and holders. Wall distance 10 cm. Art. no. Description Application Length Diam. Unit Pack Wooden curtain rod Untreated 0 cm 28 mm PCS 6* Wooden curtain rod Untreated 210 cm 28 mm PCS 6* 1414

125 Holder wood Gardinia Made of wood. Wall distance 10 cm. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Holder Untreated 28 mm 2 pcs PAC 5* Curtain ring wood Gardinia For rod 28 mm. With loop. Note! Clips are not included. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Contents Unit Pack Curtain ring Untreated 37/53 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Finial Style Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Diam Contents Unit Pack Finial Style Black 19 mm 2 pcs PAC 5* Finial Style Silver 19 mm 2 pcs PAC 5* Finial Como Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Diam Contents Unit Pack Finial Como Black 19 mm 2 pcs PAC 5* Finial Como Silver 19 mm 2 pcs PAC 5* Curtain rod set Classic Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Application Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod set Lilja Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Application Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod set Max Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Application Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm Black 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Holder Gardinia Adjustable. Art. no. Description Application Diam. Wall distance Contents Unit Pack Holder Black 19 mm cm 2 pcs PAC 3* Holder Steel 19 mm cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Holder White/Gold 19 mm cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Holder A-Brass 19 mm cm 2 pcs PAC 5* Curtain ring and clip Gardinia For rod 19 mm. Incl. hook. Clips are not included, ordered separately. Art. no. Description Application Outer diam Inner diam Contents Unit Pack Ring with hook Black 42 mm 34 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Ring with hook Steel 42 mm 34 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Ring with hook White/Gold 42 mm 34 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Ring with hook A-Brass 42 mm 34 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Clips for ring Black 10 pcs PAC 10* Clips for ring Steel 10 pcs PAC 10* Clips for ring A-Brass 10 pcs PAC 10* Curtain ring and clip Gardinia For rod 28 mm. Incl. loop. Clips are not included, ordered separately. Art. no. Description Application Outer diam Inner diam Contents Unit Pack Ring with hook White/Gold 49 mm 38 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Ring with hook A-Brass 49 mm 38 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* 1415

126 Grommet plastic Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Diam inner/outer Contents Unit Pack Grommet plastic Black 28/45 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Grommet plastic Steel 28/45 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Grommet plastic A-Brass 28/45 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Grommet plastic A-Brass 35/55 mm 10 pcs PAC 10* Tie-back hook Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Tie-back hook Black 2 pcs PAC 10* Tie-back hook Steel 2 pcs PAC 10* Tie-back hook White/Gold 2 pcs PAC 10* Curtain rod set Kula Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Application Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm Steel 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm Steel 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod set Basket Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Colour Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm Steel 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm Steel 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod set Classic Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Colour Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm White/Gold 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm White/Gold 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod set Mellow Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Colour Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod 90-0 cm White/Gold 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm White/Gold 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm White/Gold 28 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 3* Curtain rod cm White/Gold 28 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 3* Curtain rod set Paris Gardinia Curtain rod set incl. finials and holders. Art. no. Description Length Colour Diam. Wall distance Holder Unit Pack Curtain rod cm A-Brass 28 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod cm A-Brass 28 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 6* Curtain rod 90-0 cm A-Brass 19 mm 8 cm 2 pcs PCS 5* Curtain rod cm A-Brass 19 mm 8 cm 3 pcs PCS 5* C-rail Gardinia/Accessories C-rail Gardinia Rails for hanging curtains in home and public environments. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack C-rail White 140 cm PCS 10* C-rail White 0 cm PCS 10* C-rail White 180 cm PCS 10* C-rail White 200 cm PCS 10* C-rail White 300 cm PCS 20* C-rail White 500 cm 50 14

127 Glider C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Colour Contents Unit Pack Glider C-rail Plastic White 10 pcs PAC 25* Glider C-rail Plastic White - PCS 500 Glider C-rail with clip Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Glider with clip C-rail White/zinc 10 pcs PAC 10* End stop C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack End stop C-rail Transparent 2 pcs PAC 25* Connector C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Connector C-rail Zinc PCS 20* Wall fitting adjustable C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting adjustable C-rail White cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting C-rail White 5 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting C-rail White 10 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting C-rail White 15 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting C-rail White 20 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Unit Pack Wall fitting C-rail White cm PCS 10* Clips C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Clips C-rail White 2 pcs PAC 10* Ceiling fitting C-rail Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Ceiling fitting C-rail White 2 pcs PAC 20* Perforated return piece 90 C-rail Gardinia Perforated return piece for wall bracket Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Perforated C-rail White 10x15 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Return piece 90 C-rail Gardinia Complete with C-stop and connector. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Return piece C-rail White 10x15 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Return piece C-rail White 15x20 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Corner piece 90 C-rail Gardinia Incl. connectors. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Corner piece C-rail White 18x18 cm PCS 10* 1417

128 Pleating tape Gardinia Cotton/polyester. Art. no. Description Application Measure Unit Pack Pleating tape White 310 cm PCS 10* Finger hook - Slide hook Gardinia Intended for use with glider hanging. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Finger hook Chrome 10 pcs PAC 25* Finger hook Chrome 10 pcs PAC 25* Finger hook - Loop hook Gardinia Intended for direct mounting on rail or in ring with hook. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Finger hook Chrome 10 pcs PAC 25* Finger hook Chrome 10 pcs PAC 25* Wrinkling hook Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Wrinkling hook White 20 pcs PAC 20* Weight stripe Gardinia Art. no. Description Weight Measure Unit Pack Weight stripe 50 g 310 cm PCS 10* Roller blind fitting Gardinia Suitable in wall fitting. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Roller blind fitting Galvanized PAC 20* Curtain spiral Incl. hook and loops. Art. no. Description Colour Length Contents Unit Pack Curtain spiral White 1.5 m 4 pair PAC Curtain spiral White 3 m 6 pair PAC Curtain spiral White 5 m 10 pair PAC 5 Hooks and loops for curtain spiral The package contains 10 hooks and 10 loops. Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Hook and loop Chrome 10 pcs PAC 20 Curtain spiral Plastic covered steel wire, white. Length approx. 30 m. Loops and hooks: Suitable for the curtain spiral. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Curtain spiral 8 White plastic 30 m PAC Loops 31 for curtain spiral pcs PAC Hooks 33 for curtain spiral pcs PAC 5 Glider for grooved panel Gardinia With clips. Art. no. Description Contents Unit Pack Glider for grooved panel 10 pcs PAC 10* Plate Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Contents Unit Pack Plate Zinc 2 pcs PAC 10* 1418

129 Wall fitting Gardinia Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting White 15 cm - PCS 50 Wall fitting Gardinia Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting White 15 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Wall fitting Gardinia Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting White 7,5 cm 1 pc PCS 50 Wall fitting Gardinia Incl. screw. Art. no. Description Application Length Contents Unit Pack Wall fitting White 7,5 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* U-rail Kirsch Aluminium, holes c/c 31 cm. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack U-rail Aluminium 600 cm 120 U-glider Kirsch 10-strip. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack U-glider Chrome PAC 500 Return extension Gardinia Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Contents Unit Pack Return extension White 8 cm 2 pcs PAC 10* Kirsch Elite/Accessories Rail Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Rail Elite Aluminium 600 cm 60 Glider Elite 3700 Kirsch Package 20-strip. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Glider Elite White PCS 1000 Slide carrier with hook Elite 3700 Kirsch Package 20-stripe. Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Slide carrier with hook Elite White/zinc PCS 100 Wall bracket Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Unit Pack Wall bracket Elite White 3 cm PCS

130 Wall fitting Kirsch For hoist curtain rail. Art. no. Description Application Wall distance Unit Pack Wall fitting White 10 cm PCS 20 Ceiling bracket/clips Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Ceiling bracket/clips Elite 3700 White PCS 50 Connector Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Connector Elite Zinc PCS 10 Pendulum Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Pendulum Elite Alumium 75 cm PCS 1 Cover plate Elite 3700 Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack Cover plate Elite Grey PCS 25 Cabin rail Kirsch Sturdy rail for curtains in fitting rooms and examination rooms for instance. The rail is mounted with brackets or ball bearing runners or plastic gliders. The rail may be equipped with accessories to make is suitable for use also as a shower curtain rail. Art. no. Description Application Length Unit Pack Cabin rail Aluminium 600 cm 42 End cap Kirsch Art. no. Description Application Unit Pack End cap Aluminium PCS 10* Complete shower rail Complete shower rail with ceiling bracket, glider hook, connector for rail and bracket. Art. no. Description Colour Application Measure Unit Pack Shower rail Silver Aluminium 900x900 mm PCS